Home

Nissan 2011 Altima Hybrid Automobile User Manual

Contents

1. 2 12 10 2 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 27 Engine Before starting the engine 5 12 Break it schedule issia 5 20 Capacities and recommended fuel lUDiCaANtS crer renra E E EE 9 2 Changing engine coolant sssses esee 8 8 Changing engine oil and filter 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 5 8 8 Checking engine oil level 00000 8 9 Coolant temperature gauge 006e 2 5 Engine block heater i is 5 31 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling SyStem siccctssicececcentes epee 8 7 PAGING Olsi erry aunen E EE 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity w icotanreeceeseerseatedcesacs 9 5 Engine serial nUMber sisses 9 9 Engine specifications sese 9 7 If your vehicle overheats 0005 6 11 Starting the engine ered weeserscteceiedee sexs 5 12 Event Data Recorders EDR 00085 9 29 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0000eeeee 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 9 Filter Air cleaner housing filter 5 8 16 Changing engine oil and filter 8 9 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 36 Flat WG rte tbe beeeeerserruesdehdsetecer ES 6 2 Flat TOWING ates cadscnceceeedesesnsecsacencsesescuecs 9 25 Floor mat cle
2. in the 2 Instruments and controls section The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning if so equipped will appear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning if so equipped appears may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident RS Loose fuel cap SPA2807 LOOSE FUEL CAP warning if so equipped The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled To turn off the warning perform the following steps 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible See FUEL FILLER CAP Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 Push the I switch for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel cap 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2383 TILT OPERATION Pull the lock lever down 4 and adjust the steering wheel up or down 2 to the desired position Push the lock lever up 8 securely to lock the steering wheel in place A clicking noise may be heard when the lever is moved to the lock position SUN VISORS SIC2872 1 To block out glare from the front swin
3. Air flows mainly from the foot outlets 3 Air flows from the defroster and foot outlets Gy Air flows mainly from the defroster outlets e You can also select the middle position between sf and j or between s and y e When the f 8 or Gy position is selected the air recirculation lt gt mode cannot be turned on to prevent the windows from being fogged up Fan speed control Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise HI to increase the fan speed Turn the fan speed control amp dial counter clockwise LO to decrease the fan speed A C Air Conditioner operation Push the A C button to turn on or off the air conditioner When the air conditioner is on the A C indicator light on the button illuminates Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature Turn the dial between the middle and the right position to select the hot temperature Turn the dial between the middle and the left position to select the cool tempera ture Heater operation Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets 1 Push the air recirculation button lt gt to the OFF position The indicator light turns off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the p position 3 Turn the fan speed control desired position dial to the 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot right pos
4. sure that the drill only goes through the i POG fascia or damage to the nut may 6 i AS occur 5 Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia w COCE Screws STI0599 Technical and consumer information 9 11 6 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part 7 Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 8 Install the license plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm 9 12 Technical and consumer information Screw grommets The license plate bracket Bumper Flat blade p Grommet screwdriver Screws STI0677 FOR Krom MODELS Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag License plate bracket J nut x 2 Screw x 2 Screw grommet x 2 Park the vehicle on flat level ground Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning points A of the front bumper fascia with holes in the license plate bracket Confirm that points A and are aligned Remove the license plate bracket Carefully drill two shallow pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or da mage to the nut may occur Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia
5. If the indicator light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train Home Link completing the programming may require a ladder and another person for convenience Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire Originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door opener s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a second person to assist when performing this step Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed Home Link buttons If you have any questions
6. Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental infla tion of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag sys tem Tampering with the supplemental air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For exam ple do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim ma terial such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any ob jects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of th
7. Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint
8. To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To pro gram a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button Instruments and controls 2 55 SIC3182 To begin push and hold the 2 outer Home Link buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light A blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink sur face 2 56 Instruments and controls SIC3183 Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other programmed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate
9. ceceeeeeeees 3 3 DOON serene A EE EA sem eseeeereeceeaae 3 4 Locking with KOY serscssnsis snene enaa 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob 0 eeeeee ees 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch 65 3 5 Automatic door locks 2 2icccdccceatssteGtesechasdetace sense 3 5 Child safety rear door lock cccceeeeeeee eee eens 3 6 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 6 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 7 Intelligent Key system if so equipped 605 3 10 Intelligent Key operating range 0e1eee 3 12 Door locks unlocks precaution 0 eeeee eee 3 12 Intelligent Key ODCaAUOMN se csecciccssanteeweeesveserenedae 3 13 Warming SIC ANS sien cctetecteaNenoranenerenesdasscetedoss 3 14 Troubleshooting guide iescceccsasiccumecureeravscvetecan 3 15 How to use remote keyless entry function 3 17 MOO 2ucescnccddasenesseterrecuncececeseacgestetassanicascalans 3 21 PVE ONS E T A tes se T eee ee geteeences 3 22 Lift gate Please sc decncnwsdiscneusccdbecneestmscseameneeuess 3 23 Bumpers and exhaust pipes Krom models 3 23 Fuel filler COOP saccccssctacutdaceacsanenstenpsaqeaiecsa lt eedens 3 24 Opening the fuel filler door eeeeee ees 3 24 Fuelfiller Cal s 3scauceccyenovetnsssacteetsacenemoveceuseses 3 24 DLC WHEE apecinarisedcianmrauepereinenutens Aa 3 26 DIE OPGFAUON erien ae ENAREN 3 26 OU VISOS ee cei ieee uaes
10. e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approxi mately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper SIC3480 The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 Low ON continuous low speed opera tion Push the switch forward 8 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH SIC3481 To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mi
11. Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Troubleshooting guide for FM AM SAT Radio with Compact Disc CD Player Type B Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications It takes a relatively long time before If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the the music starts playing music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not Music cuts off or skips ake S match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such
12. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assist ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs ALW
13. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating proper
14. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Re verse and D Drive e Apply the accelerator as little as possi ble to maintain the rocking motion e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 17 MEMO 6 18 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning Xterior ccceeceeee eect eect eee ee eee eeeaeeaees 1 2 Cleaning interior cavcccsccsctnevcnescacssenesonseewnesasecneesnes 725 NV SMA E soo cence E E E tees E 722 Air WESNCNONS 2occics a aatensredansedaiecabcreussmsetuaedacde 7 5 NY ONG oes sete ean setae ange eae reen aes ese 7 3 FOOF IMalS ss ctusstetddorestnciccaedeaadebieeteshesecaces tends 7 5 Removing SOC Stree wes stetteeetneceeeesceetnnceeeareee 7 3 IAL Cheep E PE A T 7 6 Clie eles eee ee ere ere 7 3 Corrosion PrOleClON iessen 7 6 E E E E E E EEO 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle WHEE Sindccacdcedccwsctuniecdtwedheewhlsahehemeanceeceeateiews 7 3 CONO TO ast etree etee cae nen O EERE 7 6 Chome paie sa3ccinacotusanscd nncestasiaauesesaniaa
15. e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine SAA3436 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call in your vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connect ing procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit ww
16. step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See IN STALLING TOP TETHER STRAP later in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor SSS0651 Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0652 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt SSS0653 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any
17. tion with the front air bag system The preten sioner system also activates with the curtain and rollover air bags in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly 1 49 After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light A will not come on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position In this case the pretensioner system may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in thi
18. tor lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the selector lever to the P Park position R Reverse Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any driving position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low if so equipped Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L position in any other circumstances SSDO0666 Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the selector lever in the D Drive position the indicator light in the instrument panel illuminates Use the overdrive off mode when you need improved engine braking To turn off the overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the selector lever is shifted to any position other than the D Drive position the o
19. 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found 9 20 Technical and consumer information later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified ratings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 4 133 Ib 1 874 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 4 233 Ib 1 920 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 5 136 Ib 2 329 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 1 000 lb 453 kg 4 233 Ib 1 920 kg GVWR 4 133 lb 1 874 kg GVW B Available for tongue 100
20. 12 stations can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 and 6 can be set for the AM band for easy access 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Push and hold the desired radio station preset button 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the radio station preset button is pushed 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Radio Data System RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band encoded within a regular radio broadcast Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broad casting RDS data RDS can display e Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 e Station name such as The Groove e Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock e Traffic reports about delays or construction If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed RADIO DISPLAY change When the DISP button is pushed during the FM radio mode the radio display will change in the following
21. If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled SIC3507 Main power window switch driver s side 1 Window lock button Driver side window Rear left passenger side window Front passenger side window ak ON Rear right passenger side window To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel SIC3508 Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it SIC3509 Automatic operation if so equipped The automatic operation is available for the switch that has an A mark on its surface Type A To fully open or close the window push down or pull up the switch to the second detent and release it the switch need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction Type B To fully open the window push down the switch to the second detent and release it the switch need not be held The window will automatically open all the way To stop the window just l
22. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle CAUTION Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System key which contains an electrical transponder to come in contact with salt water This could cause the system to malfunction nents when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer SPA2406 1 Intelligent Key 2 2 Mechanical key inside Intelligent Key 2 3 Key number plate 1 INTELLIGENT KEYS if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo nents As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical compo nents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do no
23. Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the fast forward or rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the or button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD Normal lt 1 Track Repeat CD with compressed audio files Normal 1 Folder Repeat gt 1 Track Repeat gt Normal RDM RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pushed while a CD is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD Normal lt 1 Disc Random CD with compressed audio files Normal 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random Normal amp cp EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is 4 42 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it AUX Auxiliary input AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
24. P 2 4 P 2 6 0 8 Illustrated table of contents SIC 4507 7 J switch settings control and trip computer control P 2 18 8 Fuel gauge P 2 5 if so equipped ENGINE COMPARTMENT QR25DE ENGINE 6 Engine drive belt location P 8 15 a 7 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 1 Engine ol mer ar eee 8 Radiator filler cap P 8 7 2 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 11 Vehicle overheat P 6 11 3 Air cleaner P 8 16 9 Battery P 8 13 4 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Jump starting P 6 9 5 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 1 2 10 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 19 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning All Wheel Drive AWD warnin light AWD models ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light TTE if so equipped oe Supplemental air bag warning Indicator AWD All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK 9 15 indicator light AWD models Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light 25 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Overdrive off indicator light Security indicator light NO i O Brake warning light Charge warning light Electric power steering warning light NO i NO Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light 2 2 12 2 12 2 12 13 Engine oil pressure warning Master warning light Seat belt warning light O 10 Illustrated table of contents ee Slip indicator light 2e e Small light
25. Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Wy Push the button E gt Just move the selector lever After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal push the selector lever button and move the selector lever from the P Park position to any of the desired shift positions WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the selector lever is in any positions other than the P Park the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position If the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position while depressing the foot brake pedal 3 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selec
26. access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law Technical and consumer information 9 29 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN dealer Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact a NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 anda bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important informa 9 30 Technical and consumer information tion you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reas
27. basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing scheduled maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see a NISSAN dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly
28. ccclarkvcccwwesdaveedseceesakcerws 4 2 Controls Steering wheel audio controls 4 54 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel leldie gi een er a se eee 9 2 Changing engine cCoolant ceeeeeeees 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 5 8 8 Corrosion protection ssssseesersrrrrrrrrerre 7 6 Cover Cargo COVET s sssesreerrrr renerne 2 45 Cruise control coxvecoseaditarattcaces ee rieceene ees 5 18 Cup MOlIErS zacvs csieedines vacsaccecepariesenese 2 41 CVT Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission 5 11 5 13 D Daytime running light system 2 35 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWICK ies iasxtereeseeedecedeei ees 2 31 Dimensions and weights gscevcereeseveeeveecniedens 9 8 Drive belts sac torre etecceceneneut eens eeeresceeea 8 15 Driving All wheel drive AWD 0cccce scene ee ees 5 22 Cold weather driving 0sceeeeeeeeeee 5 30 Distance miles or km 0 ccccceeeeeeeeas 9 24 Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission 0000 5 11 5 13 On pavement and off road driving 5 6 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Safety precautions s 0e0cseceeesseseeeeee aes 5 7 E Economy Fuel c2cecncsteres cctucrsseetatnarsezeanees 5 20 Elapsed time sv ccccecnssraresiecege dteeteserestsaxce 2 24 Electric power steering SyStem s 5 26 Electric power steering warning light
29. is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the alr 1 Push the air recirculation button lt gt to the OFF position The indicator light turns off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the p position 3 Turn the fan speed control desired position 4 Push the A C button on The A C indicator light will illuminate s dial to the 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot right position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 2 Turn the fan speed control desired position 3 Push the A C button on The A C indicator light will illuminate s dial to the 4 16 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER 1 Air flow control dial 2 Temperature control dial 3 Fan speed control dial 4 Rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS TER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and con trols section 5 Outside air circulation A gt Alr recirculation gt button 6 A C Air Conditioner button Automatic operation AUTO The AUTO mode may be used all year around as the system automatically controls con
30. operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds See ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYS TEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or illuminates during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not cov ered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so D Low fuel warning light This light illuminates when the fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the O position There will be a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches E Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition
31. the tone will sound continuously Keep the sonar sensors located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumula Starting and driving 5 21 tions of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the sonar system If the sonar system malfunctions the beep sounds for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 5 22 Starting and driving ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped WARNING For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or un expected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dy namometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equip ment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury SSD0418 ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD LOCK SWITCH OPERATIONS The AWD LOCK switch l
32. time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mercury In case of contact with skin wash immedi ately with soap and water e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is ne cessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a che mical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the dis play Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident P Audi
33. 14 7 to 20 5 N m 9 Install the plastic cover 10 11 12 13 Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening and install the oil filler cap securely See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID After the operation 1 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground A CAUTION 2 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly e Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Do not mix with other fluids A WARNING e Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 e Prolonged and repeated contact will damage the CVT which is not with used engine oil may cause skin covered by the NISSAN new vehicle cancer limited warranty e Try to avoid direct s
34. 3 27 IONS EAE E EE E A E A A TTT 3 27 SIGS MO siririna eana ESR 3 27 DJutsde MINO Sia cee enna eoe e Ann seqenteeseons 3 29 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by a NISSAN dealer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2405 1 Master key 2 2 Key number plate 1 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS TEM KEYS Your vehicle can only be driven with the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can duplicate your existing key As many as 5 keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all the registered keys that you have to a NISSAN dealer for registration This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the
35. 3 complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The compass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles To turn on and off the compass manually push the switch A while the ignition switch is in the ON position SIC3181 When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the compass display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading ee N North ee NW Northwest NE Northeast W West E East SW Southwest SE Southeast S South Instruments and controls 2 7 ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE DURE The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Push the switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will 14 appear in the display a 2 Find your current location and variance number on the zone map NOTE ni N X Use zone number 5 for Hawaii X 3 P A swi i Push the switch repeatedly until the new zone number appears in the display then release the switch After you release the switch the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds 13 e Ifthe compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjust ment ha
36. 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSSisicsiisceedecdedtctatacsaccaceeiaes 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Driving safety precautions sssssssssssesersrrrrrsren 5 7 POMIMION SWO eesriide raka aE 5 9 Intelligent Key system if so equipped 45 5 9 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 11 Koy PGs El ONG cays sccenteanedereeracetouccationcssrqstoceee 5 11 Before starting the engine x seiicncnctnearteeecnececwuwe cues 5 12 Starting the engine sssssssssrrerrrrrrrsrrsseesreerene 5 12 Driving the vehicle asrcsicrorssrrissennsiesenterinsiraa rentas 5 13 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 13 Pakino Drake orrasa reesen OET 5 17 CHAISE COMMU G ices tpaseceecrsrersresnateeeuamesaryreruamis 5 18 Precautions On cruise CONT Ol etcccsteiawesenianseeewess 5 18 Cruise Control operations siisscevievsntievesnnisenarseens 5 18 Break in schedule ssssssssersrssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrene 5 20 Increasing fuel ECONOMY s sssssssssesssssrsrerrrrrrrrrnne 5 20 Sonar system if SO CEQUIPPEM ccceceeeeee seen ees 5 21 All Wheel Drive AWD if so equipped 5 5 22 All Wheel Drive AWD lock switch operations 5 22 AWD warning light csccsrsveeeeescedteusesraeeieekeneds 5 24 Parking parking on hills s e 5 25 Electric power steering SyStemM sssssssrsrrrrrrren 5 26 Brake system suas ve ssetacecrnerovecnixaadaeedeneeberrtrensseuse 5 26 Braking DreCaUllONS nevenncerescsvd
37. BACK button e When the ENTER button is pushed while the top menu is displayed program details are shown on the audio display e To select the program push to search using the SEEK amp or MW and ENTER button e When the BACK button is pushed it returns to the previous display DISP iPod play information When the DISP button is pushed while a program is being played the program informa tion display will change as follows C Album Title Artist Name gt Song mu Normal Mode Artist Name will not be displayed for a Podcast A V FF Fast Forward REW Re wind button When the amp or W button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the amp or W button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played A E4 APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW button When the amp or W_ button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing numbers of tracks can be skipped through 4 38 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems When the amp or MW button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current
38. Clock and Clock Adjust appear on the display 2 Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the hour Push the ENTER SETTING button Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob 2 to adjust the minute Instruments and controls 2 39 POWER OUTLET 5 Push the ENTER SETTING button The power outlet is located in the instrument panel and the center console if so equipped CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use The display will return to the regular clock display after 5 seconds Models with navigation system See CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery e Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may open e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical acces sory being used is turned OFF e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow
39. IGNITION SWITCH LOCK PUSH OFF LOCK PUSH ON SSDO0669 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Key system can operate the ignition switch without taking the key out from your pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehi cle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in side the vehicle when you leave the Starting and driving 5 9 vehicle e If the vehicle battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position Charge the battery as soon as possible See JUMP STARTING in the 6 In case of emergency section 5 10 Starting and driving SSD0436 Operating range The Intelligent Key functions can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to turn the ignition switch to start the engine e The cargo area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function e f the Intelligent Key is
40. ON OFF Volume control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source i e FM or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect functions as follows e Speed Volume For more details see HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON earlier in this section Adjusting AUX level The volume level of incoming sound can be selected from Quiet Medium and Loud when an auxiliary device is connected to the system For more details see HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON earlier in this section Switching the display Pushing the AUX button will switch the displays between USB iPod and AUX FM AM SAT radio operation When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also
41. Off gt Shuffle Songs gt Shuffle Albums Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 Poo O 6 eee _ Tew aM XM lle CD AUX 4 _SEEK CATEGORY lk PUSH ON OFF XM band select button CD insert slot CD EJECT button TUNE SCROLL and AUDIO control knob Radio station preset buttons AUX button DIRON PUSH AUDIO SAA3425 7 ON OFF VOLUME control knob FF forward REW rewind or SEEK CATEGORY button 9 CD button 10 FM AM band select button No satellite radio reception is available unless an XM Satellite Radio subscription is active 4 46 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM place the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback
42. See Slip indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the amp and indicator lights come on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are on The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the amp indicator will not flash The VDC System is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehic
43. The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options Technical and consumer information 9 19 required to achieve the rating Additional pas sengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure
44. Touch Click key to toggle the touch click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched Beep tones Select the Beep Tones key to toggle the beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard every time a key on the 4 8 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems screen is touched Reset all settings memory Select the Reset All Settings Memory key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Traffic setup Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground WARNING e The rear view camera is a conve nience but it is not a substitute for proper backing up Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly e Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite than when
45. Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated 1 45 indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working p
46. Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label e GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rat ing The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer e Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label 9 14 Technical and consumer information e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occu pants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occu pants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occu pants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the following illustration Example Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Occupants Luggage Trai
47. abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bags Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants in the outboard seating positions Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause
48. as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by when playing copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired desired order order 4 32 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems DIRON MUTE button DISP display TEXT button FM AM radio band select button CD PLAY button Station preset buttons iPod button TUNE FEREW FOLDER SAA2782 AUX auxiliary button Audio display CLOCK button CD EJECT button iPod MENU button SEEK TRACK button 13 ENTER button 14 BACK button 15 PWR power button VOL volume control knob 16 AUX IN jack 17 AUDIO button 18 TUNE FF REW button 19 SCAN RPT repeat button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and
49. bag P 1 37 Electric power steering system P 5 26 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 18 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 27 kk Wiper and washer switch P 2 29 Center ventilator P 4 13 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 36 Audio system P 4 20 Navigation system Clock P 2 39 Rear view monitor P 4 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 37 Outside remote mirror control switch P 3 29 Headlight aiming control P 2 34 All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK switch P 5 22 Fuse box cover P 8 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 38 5 28 Hood release handle P 3 21 Tilting steering wheel lever P 3 26 Parking brake P 5 17 Ignition switch P 5 9 Heated seat switch P 2 37 22 23 24 25 26 Power outlet P 2 40 Heater air conditioner control P 4 13 Selector lever P 5 13 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 44 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 31 Glove box P 2 43 if so equipped See a separate Navigation System Owner s Manual if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 7 METERS AND GAUGES Tachometer P 2 4 Vehicle information display P 2 18 Speedometer P 2 3 Warning indicator lights P 2 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 5 DIRON Gree switch twin trip odometer control and brightness control
50. bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower se verity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steer ing wheel or instrument panel Al ways use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equi
51. be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift ranges while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never attempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse range Never back down in N Neu tral using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough 5 8 Starting and driving terrain Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passen gers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than speci fied in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud
52. belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt connector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belts earlier in this section WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is com pletely secured e Ifthe rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious per sonal injury may result in an acci dent or sudden stop SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required WARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident
53. bit rate data When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is Move immediately to the next song when playing prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Music cuts off or skips The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play The songs do not play back in the desired order i esi ceed oie 4 30 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide for FM AM SAT Radio with Compact Disc CD player Type A Symptom Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will Cannot play be played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac or M4A m4a cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in
54. brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Do not stop the engine Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Inc
55. cally Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light illuminates if so equipped To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap and pour the window washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid Recommended fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen trate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not
56. consumer information section Original size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size see TIRE LABELING later in this section 6 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 tion shown on the Tire and Loading P215 70 230 kPa Information label R16 99H 33 PSI 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too REAR P225 60 230 kPa much air is added press the core of the ORIGINAL R17 98H 33 PSI valve stem briefly with the tip of the TIRE gauge stem to release pressure Re P295 55 check the pressure and add or release R18 97V air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires Original tire including the spare SPARE TIRE Checking the tire pressure INFLATION D16 60 PSI 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the PRESSURE 4 OWD tire ee 230 kPa 9 AWD R16 oo 33 PSI 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or FRONT P225 60 230
57. designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it SC
58. display will change to e f the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position may continue to be displayed e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momenta rily change the display Settings gt Exit gt Clock gt Units gt Maintenance gt Alarms gt Language gt Factory SIC4542 6 Settings Setting cannot be made while driving The LJ switch is used to select and set the item Turn the LJ switch to select or adjust and push to set Clock Clock adjustment can be set on this menu e Set Clock Adjust the time hour and minute of the clock e On or Off Select this submenu to set the clock display On or Off e 24 12 Hr Select this submenu to set the 12h 24h time display mode To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK The time display may be different from the one on the audio display Units The units can be set for the following items on this menu e Temperature e Distance Fuel To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK Maintenance The maintenance intervals of the following items can be set or reset for the reminders e SERVICE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for service due e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER
59. distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If the light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a 2 12 Instruments and controls NISSAN dealer immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing Electric power steering warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the electric power steering warning light illumi nates After starting the engine the electric power steering warning light turns off This indicates the electric power steering system is operational If the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the electric power steering system Is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running the power assist to the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering efforts are required to
60. doors 1 Push the UNLOCK p button on the keyfob e The driver s door unlocks e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed 2 Push the UNLOCK p button again within 5 seconds e All the doors and the lift gate unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute of pushing the UNLOCK p button e Any door or lift gate is opened e The ignition switch is turned to the ON Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 position Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3p button on the keyfob for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the keyfob is pushed Note the PANIC button must be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK p button 2 is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If the horn chirp is not necessary you can switch to hazard
61. down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident 1 15 SSS0798 SSS0391 Seat belt hooks Rear center seat belt When the rear seat belts are not in use and The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue when folding down the rear seats hook the rear 4 and a seat belt tongue Both the outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera tion 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0241 WARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown Always make sure both the connec tor tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop Stowing rear center seat belt When folding down the rear seat the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows 1 Hold the connector tongue 1 so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tong
62. driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving con ditions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the amp indicator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions
63. ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device SDI2451 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the In telligent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction e Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom case SDI2452 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts 4 and then push them together until it is securely closed 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two condit
64. flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the front and rear Instruments and controls Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle informa tion display e Intelligent Key detection warning if so equipped e Low fuel warning e Low washer fluid warning if so equipped e Parking brake release warning e Door open warning e Lift gate open warning e Loose fuel cap warning if so equipped e Check tire pressure warning if so equipped e Setting menu operation warning e Intelligent Key system fault warning if so equipped See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY later in this section Seat belt warning light The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the dr
65. for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval between programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location FOLDER change CD with MP3 or WMA Push up or down the tuning switch for more than 1 5 seconds to change the folders if there are any folders iPod e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number USB e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number a ANTENNA To remove the antenna hold the bottom of the antenna and turn it counterclockwise SAA2102 To install the antenna turn the antenna clock wise and tighten CAUTION e To avoid damaging or deforming the antenna be sure to remove the antenna under the following condi tions The vehicle enters an automatic car wash Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 The vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling The vehicle is covered with a car cover Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation Otherwise the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment ma
66. front passenger seat SSS0640 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a forward facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed See HEAD RESTRAINTS ear lier in this section for head restraint adjust ment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjustin
67. go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner 9 6 Technical and consumer information system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition ing system service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioning system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE WHEELS AND TIRES Model QR25DE Road wheel Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Type Offset in mm Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder in line Bore x Stroke in mm 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 Conventional 1 57 40 Displacement cu in cm 151 82 2 488 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 57 40 Spare j i No adjustment is necessary 16 x 4T 1 18 80 Ignitio
68. in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seat back is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or da mages FRONT SEATS Front manual seat adjustment Forward and backward Pull the lever 2 up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position SSS0792 The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmi
69. indicator light on the vehicle information display will illuminate Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods a Push the CANCEL switch The SET indica tor on the vehicle information display will turn off b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator on the vehicle information display will turn off c Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE and SET indicator on the vehicle information display will turn off e lf you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 12 km h below the set speed e f you move the selector lever to the N Neutral position the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE swi
70. injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious perso nal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag and curtain and rollover supplemental air bag systems The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica tion When selling your
71. interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the heater and air conditioner system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER Fan speed control gg dial Temperature control dial Air flow control dial Air recirculation button lt gt A C Air Conditioner button Rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS TER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and con trols section DIRON To turn off the heater and air conditioner turn the fan speed control amp dial to the OFF position SAA1776 Controls Outside air circulation Push the air recirculation button to turn off the indicator light on the button The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button to turn on the indicator light on the button The air flow is circulated inside the vehicle Air flow control Turn the air flow control dial to change the air flow mode 4 14 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems MAX Air flows from the center and side ventilators with maximum cooling air conditioning The air recirculation lt amp and A C will be automatically turned on 7s Air flows from the center and side ventilators 174 Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets 1 4
72. kPa force the valve stem sideways or air will opiginaL R17 98H 33 PSI escape If the hissing sound of air TIRE escaping from the tire is heard while P225 55 checking the pressure reposition the R18 97V gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the side wall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental character istics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety stan dard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall P215 60R16 94H Example Tire size example P215 60R16 1 94H P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find t
73. lb 45 kg aan 5 136 Ib 2 329 kg GCWR 4 133 lb 1 874 kg GVW 1 008 Ib 455 kg Capacity available for towing 100 Ib 45 kg 1 003 Ib 455 kg Available tongue weight Available capacity 10 tongue weight The available towing capacity may be less than TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION the maximum towing capacity due to the passenger and cargo load in the vehicle TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be Unit Ib kg tween 10 to 15 of the trailer weight If the Model CVT With manual mode Without manual mode tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT cargo to obtain the proper tongue load Do not MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD exceed the 10 to 15 tongue weight specifica weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight Is less than 10 reduce the total RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT 2 Sway Control Device SCD trailer weight to match the available tongue weight 1 All towing above 1 000 Ib 454 kg requires the use of trailer brakes 2 Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN See a professional trailer hitch outlet for a properly designed Always verify that available capacities are within sway control device for your trailer the required ratings Technical and consumer information 9 21 TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from a NISSAN dealer Make
74. level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust
75. main menu For example push the yx button and after the tone say Call Redial Note The combined com mand of Call and a Name cannot be used How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the rules and examples below e Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh e Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred e Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing entering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero e You can say Star for and Pound for 4 at any time in any position of the phone number Available only when using the Special Dialing command Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two st
76. may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsi bility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ST10457 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Remove the cover to access the number SDI2121 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown ST10448 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label
77. not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal HEAD RESTRAINTS injury When returning the seatbacks to the A WARNING upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may pro vide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint SSS1019 has been removed If the head restraint was removed install and properly ad The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints The head re just the head restraint before an occu straints are adjustable pant uses the seating position Failure a to follow these instructions can reduce A Indicates the seating position is equipped the effectiveness of the head restraints with a head restraint This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Components I 2 3 Head restraint Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks SSS0997 Adjustment Adjust the
78. number 0103855 with chain tightener part number 2007190 Failure to use the correct traction device will cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself The tire chain part numbers and Peerless Chain Company phone number are correct at the time of printing that is shown on the back cover of this Owner s Manual Always confirm the correct part numbers with Peerless Chain Company before ordering Only use other types of traction devices if the traction device manufacturer recommends it for use on your specific vehicle and the tire and wheel installed on your vehicle Use of traction devices may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing traction devices When instal ling traction devices make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the traction device man ufacturer s suggestions When using traction devices avoid fully loading your vehicle and drive at reduced speeds Failure to do so may cause damage to the brakes and suspension and adversely affect handling and performance Traction devices must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Do not drive with traction devices on paved roads that are clear of snow Driving with traction devices in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CAUTION Do not us
79. one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries 4 24 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems ROOT FOLDER a l Folder Audio file SAA2494 Playback order e The folder names of folders not containing compressed audio files are not shown in the display e If there is a file in the top level of a disc USB Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated in the next figure Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Specification chart for FM AM Radio with Compact Disc CD player Supported media CD CD R CD RW ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet ISO9660
80. or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle han dles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR WARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading not only can short en the life of your vehicle and the tire but can cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separa
81. order FM radio Frequency PS Programme Service PTY Programme type In the FM radio mode pushing the DISP button will switch the frequency display to the PTY display if available and if the DISP button is not pushed again within 5 seconds it will automatically switch to the PS display If PTY is not available pressing the DISP button will only switch between the frequency display and the PS display Compact Disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the PWR button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play P CD play information When the DISP button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the disc information display will change as follows CD Track Number Album Title Song
82. per height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling character istics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimen sions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or de formed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not re commended For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet CAUTION Always use tires of the same type si
83. power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a Signal source The module con verter must draw no more than 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or reputable trailer dealer Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the tra
84. pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped appears in the vehicle infor mation display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate 5 4 Starting and driving a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MON ITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires
85. reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any mal 4 20 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems function in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km AM 60 to 130 miles 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km wi
86. reminder chime The key reminder chime sounds if the driver s side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch and the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime The light reminder chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the pa or 4O position and the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Parking brake reminder chime The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Seat belt warning chime The seat belt warning chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Intelligent Key door buzzer if so equipped When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle check for the following
87. result in accidents fire or electric shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock Ts eral C10 MAP SETUP YOL e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact ON OFF your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignor ing such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electric shock e Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center dis SAA3377 play screen using devices connected to the auxiliary input jacks 1 X Z brightness control button 7 BACK button 2 Display screen 8 TUNE SCROLL knob Do not attempt to operate the system in 3 MAP button 9 Power button Volume control knob extreme temperature conditions below 4 NAV button For Navigation system control buttons refer to 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C 5 TRAF button the separate Navigation System Owner s Man Operating this system under these condi 6 SETUP button P 4 5 ual tions may result in system malfunctions 4 2 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long
88. slack SSS0641 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system through 8 1 33 manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being SSS0803 SSS0802 injured in a sudden stop or collision Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP greatly increases passenger seat place the ignition switch in Make sure the shoulder portion of the ON position The front passenger air bag ie ee pees pitas det the aoe the be
89. speeds as conventional passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers particularly at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Be sure to read DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU TIONS later in this section 5 6 Starting and driving OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 W
90. sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer e The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball e Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight e The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount e The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut 9 22 Technical and consumer information Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer handling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake system Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used
91. switch is not turned to the Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK 10 seconds LOCK position position The Intelligent Key detection warning appears When closing the doors on the display and the outside buzzer sounds 3 The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you times The outside buzzer sounds for approximately 3 The Intelligent Key has been left in the Carry the Intelligent Key from the vehicle seconds and all doors unlock vehicle and close the door o o Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK The ignition switch is not in the LOCK position When opening the driver s door A warning chime sounds continuously position or the mechanical key is l inserted into the ignition switch Remove the mechanical key from the igni tion switch When stapping aia angine The SHIET P wariing sppeats onthe devian The selector lever is not in the P Park Shift the selector lever to the P Park position position When turning the ignition switch A warning chime sounds continuously ie Caled sno a Or NG turg me ghion switehto The TOCK LOCK position position Replace the battery with a new one See The battery charge is low BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section The key battery discharge indicator appears on When starting the engine the display Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 Symptom Action to take When pushing the ignition switch di
92. the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the ignition switch off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to Start DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS MISSION CVT The Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the selector lever out of the P Park position This CVT is designed so that t
93. the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless car bon monoxide Carbon monoxide is 5 2 Starting and driving WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system com ponents Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Depos its from leaded gasoline will ser iously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce ex haust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Mal functions in the ignition fuel injec tion or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine mis fires or if noticeable loss of perfor mance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dama ging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warm ing it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine
94. tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition key is turned to the ON position See WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section STARTING THE ENGINE Apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed so that it does not operate unless the selector lever is in either of the above positions Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to START Release the switch when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure e f the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restart ing depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e f the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the igni tion switch to START Release the ignition switch when
95. to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor satellite sensor Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored 1 43 Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification
96. too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD USB Universal Serial Bus devices models with navigation system This system supports various USB memory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players There are some USB devices which may not be supported with this system Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connector Do not force the memory stick or USB cable into the USB connector This could damage the connector During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this occurs remove the USB device and dehu midify or ventilate the USB player comple tely The USB player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Do not leave USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air condi tioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged The vehicle is not equipped with a USB memory stick A USB device cannot be formatted with this system To format a USB device use a personal computer Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicl
97. track on the iPod will be played SCAN REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Except Podcast and Audiobook ALL REPEAT TRACK REPEAT ALL RANDOM Ooo ALBUM RANDOM _ Podcast ALL REPEAT TRACK REPEAT Audiobook NORMAL FAST SLOW AUX Auxiliary input AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computer AUX Auxiliary button With an AUX device plugged in push the AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the AUX mode When the AUX button is pushed with no device plugged into the jack the audio system does not change to the AUX mode of Se PS SAA3455 CD RDM random play button 7 CD EJECT button Radio SCAN tuning button 8 Radio CAT category FF fast forward button for Radio station preset select buttons SEEK TRACK CD RPT repeat play button 9 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob Radio CAT category REW rewind button for 10 FM AM band select button SEEK TRACK 11 CD button iPod MENU button 12 AUX auxiliary button Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 13 AUX IN jack 14 TUNE SCROLL CONTROL dial 15 ENTER SETTING button 16 Color display FM AM SAT RADIO W
98. turn signal W21W stop tail side marker W21 5W License plate light Front map light Vanity mirror light if so equipped SDI2137 High mounted stop light Disconnect the battery negative cable before Ceiling light if so equipped replacing bulbs Cargo light A High beam bulb Glove box light Low beam bulb See a NISSAN dealer for replacement NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself gt REMOVE INSTALL Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D or E When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover Front turn signal park side marker light Halogen headlight model Xenon headlight model See a NISSAN dealer for replacement Halogen headlight model Remove the bulb as illustrated SDI2170 Front fog light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Rear combination light stop tail side marker turn Open the lift gate to remove the rear combina tion light assembly A Clip 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Back up light Open the lift gate to remove the back up light assembly One screw is located behind the cover on the lift gate License plate light The license plate light bulb can be accessed by removing the cover on the inside of the lift gate Ceiling light SDI2030 SDI1499A Vanity mirror light SDI1500B SDI2032 WHEELS AND TIRE
99. used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv ing radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer CAUTION e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical compo nents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intel ligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is comple tely d
100. vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats WARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious perso nal injury e Work around and on the preten sioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Un authorized electrical test equipment Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of a preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct preten sioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system activates in conjunc
101. 0100 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the CHILD SAFETY earlier in this section and CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions SSS0654 Rear facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 SSS0655 SSS0656 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the 5 extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0657 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward a
102. AYS observe posted speed lim its and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Man ual for important safety information ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions Avoiding colli sion and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the 5 Starting and driv ing section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore yo
103. B memory is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the multi function controller REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal 1 Folder Repeat gt 1 Track Repeat gt Normal RDM RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pushed while a USB memory is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows To change the play mode push the RDM button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal All Random 1 Folder Random gt Normal Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 iPod player operation Connecting iPod The USB outlet connector is located in the center console Open the lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector The battery of the iPod is charged while the connection to the vehicle Depending on the version of the iPod the display on the iPod shows a NISSAN or Accessory Attached screen when the connec tion is completed When the iPod is connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls iPod and iPhone are a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and ot
104. Del aeren Forward facing child restraint installation using LATO Ei sansir a E E Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts ssnssssusesessrrrrnrnrnrrrrrrrrsssssens Installing top tether strap cceeeeeeeeeee eens BOOSIE SOAS inc cacctcceasichamessneewnteecessniataraa eats Supplemental restraint SYStEM ccceeeeeeeee renee Precautions on supplemental restraint system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System OE SO ats aaa I Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems Seat belts with pretensioners front seats Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Repair and replacement procedure 665 SEATS WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit SSS0133 well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section After adjustment gently rock
105. Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that keyfob This will prevent the keyfob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact a NISSAN dealer If the indicator light on the keyfob does not illuminate when pushing the buttons the keyfob battery may be discharged For information regarding the replacement of a battery see BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section SPA2416 Q LOCK button f 2 UNLOCK button g 3 PANIC button p HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 2 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch Close all the doors Push the LOCK 4 button on the keyfob All the doors will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK fA button is pushed even though a door remains open 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once e When the LOCK f button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked e Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked Unlocking
106. E SCROLL knob to navigate the menus on the screen The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Playlists 4 52 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Artists e Songs e Composers e Audiobooks e Podcasts The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available menu returns to the previous screen e il plays pauses the music selected P q seex catecory button When the lt Q or gt button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the random mode is active the SC icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no Se icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no 3 icon is displayed SAA0451 CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING CD DVD Ha
107. E0707 WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles A and to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position Switch off all In case of emergency 6 9 6 10 unnecessary electrical systems lights hea ter air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated a gt 2 gt 3 gt 4 For the vehicle equipped with Intelli gent Key system If the battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position Connect the jumper cables to the booster vehicle before turning the ignition switch and disengaging the steering lock CAUTION Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground for example as illustrated not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal In case of emergency Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed of the b
108. Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for head restraint adjustment removal and installation informa tion If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 SSS0360B Forward facing
109. G cS one scaceccteurerectestesenacaetteyecectcas 8 14 BA re ee ee errr 8 15 apak 0 ee ee Te ee ee 8 15 Replacing spark DWlGS sscccinicseseecaseeree ricer ys 8 16 Air Glea e See ee eC errs a er omen te 8 16 Windshield wiper blades 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 17 IGANG escindida iia 8 17 PREDIC IOC e E E E 8 17 Rear window wiper DlAdG ss csscecxnscseedcesedasterexcvenats 8 18 Ee E a ene aes at E eee 8 18 Self adjusting brakes ccceeeeeeeeee eee e ees 8 18 Brake pad wear indicators 2 2 eeeeeeeeeeee 8 18 PS OS acesict E eens E T 8 19 Engine COMPAMINGM essorer inanir 8 19 Passenger compartment s ssssssssssssrsesrrrrrrrn 8 20 Battery replacement 2 c eeeeeeeee eee ee eee ees 8 21 FSO arses eee ents cae adaa 8 21 Intelligent Key battery ceeeeeee sneer eee 8 22 E i e ree ae ern ae eee eee ee eee 8 24 PACING NS gee vente O E 8 25 Exterior and interior NOMS vc ccsaceceteecumeeneneuadnened 8 26 Wheels and IGS fate naccmnncxeusnedcemacenamnucreeeeaacs 8 29 Tire pressu a ee te ee ee en rere 8 29 Tro label ccescdtedeusdobecteddsscecdiehevectanesatecesead 8 33 DPS O UE aE ee cryadheeecenees 8 35 MGS Ci T EE A E oceecenen ace 8 36 Changing wheels and tireS eeeeeee eee ees 8 37 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some da
110. HAZARD 3 times Push A for more than 2 sec L HAZARD INDICATOR MODE _ Push Ep for more than 2 sec 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood When opening the hood 1 Pull the hood release handle 4 located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Pull the lever up at the front of the hood with your fingertips Raise the hood Remove the support rod from the hood and insert it into the slot Hold the coated part A when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct contact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped When closing the hood 1 Return the support rod to its original position Slowly move the hood down to latch the lock Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 LIFT GATE To close the lift gate pull down until it securely locks WARNING e Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving e Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See EXHAUST GAS
111. Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE dial for manual tuning e For XM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE dial to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected Ori SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button a or i to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK button or i to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broad casting station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel QA to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 12 for XM radio 6 each for XM1 and XM2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio ban
112. HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transcei ver button complete the following 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmitter button Instruments and controls 2 57 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal T
113. IRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT d FRONT AVANT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL The combined weight of occupants SPARE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE DIMENSIONS PRESSION DES PNEUS A FROID SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P XXX XXR XX XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION NOMBRE DE SIEGES TOTAL x REAR YOR LE MANUEL is REAR i P XXX XX RXX XXX kPa XX PSI fp _DELUSAGER XXK KPa XK PSI a and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs Le poids total des occupants et des marchandises ne doit jamais d passer XX kg cu XX Ib pEREcHANGE T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY DIMENSIONS PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S NOMBRE DE SIEGES The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Toids total des occupants et des marchandises ne doit jamais d passer XX kg ou XX b LsT r SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE e RONI J PXXX XXRXX DERECHANGE T XXX XXR XX Tire and Loading Information label 1 Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle XXX kFa XX PSI PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI SPARE XXX kPa XX PSI PNEUS FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION YOR LE MANUEL DE LUSAGER DE RECHANGE PQUR PLUS BE RENSEIGNEMENTS SDI2340 2 Vehicle load limit See VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and
114. ITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless the optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and there is an active XM Satellite Radio subscrip tion The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM place the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source i e FM or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume SETTING button Push the button to change the selecting mode as follows Bass Treble Fade Balance Spd Sen Vol Clock CON
115. Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add a 90 turn onto the part C Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the license plate bracket with the Screws 10 Install the license plate with bolts that are not longer than 0 55 in 14 mm VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION WARNING e Itis extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehi cle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo e GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo Technical and consumer information 9 13 e GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label e GAWR Gross Axle
116. Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported Bit rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 versions WMA7 WMA8 WMAS WMA 2 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Displayable character codes 3 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Supported file systems 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 4 26 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Specification chart for FM AM SAT Radio with Compact Disc CD player Type A Supported media CD CD R CD RW USB2 0 CD CD R CD RW ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is n
117. METERS AND GAUGES ie i a a FF TRIP Tachometer Vehicle information display Speedometer Warning indicator lights Engine coolant temperature gauge Gree switch twin trip odometer control and brightness control SIC4507 7 Wj switch settings control and trip computer control 8 Fuel gauge The needle indicators may move slightly after the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position This is not a malfunction SIC4534 SPEEDOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH or kilometers per hour km h Instruments and controls 2 3 al aT 100 mies amp m 50 4 miles Sa wer SIC4575 ODOMETER TWIN TRIP ODOMETER The odometer and twin trip odometer are displayed on the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is in the ON position Odometer The odometer A records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Twin trip odometer The twin trip odometer records the distance of 2 individual trips Trip A and Trip B Changing the display Briefly press the grrr switch to change the display as follows 2 4 Instruments and controls Trip A gt Trip B gt Trip A Resetting the trip odometer Press and hold the ree switch for approxi mately 1 second to reset the selected trip Trip A or Trip B SIC4535 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the r
118. NFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS done by a NISSAN dealer aa A ENA Drive belt location Engine oil dipstick Radiator filler cap Battery O Fuse fusible link holder QR25DE ENGINE Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner 00ND Engine coolant reservoir Window washer fluid reservoir oY ae 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2128 Removing the air duct Remove the air duct A if necessary 1 Remove the clips with a suitable tool 2 Pull the air duct upward 4 and then sideways Install the air duct securely after any inspection or maintenance work is performed ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not neces sary WARNING e Never remove the radiator or cool ant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool d
119. ONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See SEATS earlier in this section SSS0292 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 SSS0290 3 Position the lap belt por
120. Park Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can SSD0488 go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 2 Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key if inserted Starting and driving 5 25 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM WARNING e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work St
121. S If you have a flat tire see FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped appears on the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air ov
122. SAN recommends that a child be placed in a 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD install a forward facing child RESTRAINTS restraint in the front seat see FORWARD FACING CHILD RE WARNING STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS later in this e Failure to follow the warnings and section instructions for proper use and in Even with the NISSAN Advanced stallation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passen
123. SAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC speci fications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this spe cification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 met
124. Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for items other than the items described above To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK Alarms Alarms menu can be set to notify the following items e Driver Alert Select this submenu to set the driver alert period e Low Temp Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK Language Select the submenu to set the desired language of the display Factory Select the submenu to reset the factory settings of the display NOTE When resetting Factory all previous set tings made are changed to default To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS MISSION CVT POSITION INDICATOR The Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator indicates the selector lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position Instruments and controls 2 25 SECURITY SYSTEMS SIC2133 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors or lift gate when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type syste
125. TRAST BRIGHTNESS Push the TUNE control dial to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the TUNE control dial also to adjust Fade or Balance modes Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the Speed Sensitive Volume Spd 4 40 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Sen Vol mode from off 0 to 5 and push the TUNE control dial until the desired mode is displayed Turn the TUNE control dial to adjust the bright ness and contrast of the screen to the preferred level See CLOCK in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the detailed clock adjust ment operation Switching the display Pushing the AUX button will switch the displays as follows XM1 gt XM2 iPod USB AUX gt XM1 FM AM SAT radio operation radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM radio SAT band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows o a AUX iPod USB When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio is not available in Alaska
126. The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat consult a NISSAN dealer for details 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions ay SSS0648 SSS0649 SSS0639 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Rear facing step 3 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach 3 For child restraints that are equipped with ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check webbing mounted attachments remove any to make sure the LATCH attachment is additional slack from the anchor attach properly attached to the lower anchors ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 SSS0650 Rear facing step 4 Af
127. Title Ss Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 CD with MP3 or WMA o Track Number Folder Title Song Title Artist Name Album Title A v FF Fast Forward REW Re wind CD When the amp fast forward or W rewind button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the amp or W button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the folders in the CD will change When the amp or W button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to the normal play speed A APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the amp APS FF button is pushed while the CD is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The CD will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the CD is skipped through the first program will be played When the W APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to its begin ning Push several times to skip back through programs The CD will go back the number of times the button is pushed SCAN SCAN tuni
128. UTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts SDI1753 4 Ifthe fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B 5 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer SDI2134 KEYFOB Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows l 2 Remove the screw Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR1620 or equivalent e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction e Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 4 Close the lid securely and install the screw 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not
129. Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pave ment Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Gro
130. X PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT 2 28 Instruments and controls SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filli
131. a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer be cause the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid direct contact with used en gine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil and engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid e Never leave the engine or the CVT related component harnesses dis connected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized com ponent while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warn ing even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available See OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER I
132. action tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combi nation can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In formation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it has become lost you may obta
133. additional information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Printing July 2010 16 Publication No OM1E OS35UO Printed in Japan TOOUM JMO2D
134. adjustment 1 15 Small children scderatunearedsaeeuesaccowemenches 1 20 Three point type ssssssesresirerrrrrrrrrre 1 13 Seat s Heated SCalS oc ce vise reevedecndeetesortxdeer eee 2 37 SCIS ee e ee tee ae deers ems cun eeees 1 2 Security system Vehicle security system 2 26 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Statteccc lt cccecceedidedecsesea cases 2 27 Selector lever Shift lock release 5 16 Servicing air CONItIONEr ccc cece cece eee 4 19 Setli S eead itecoriuwelersoug ete tidedeseeweseceis 2 24 SHIFT P WamniNGositontcsnscseecessenesetecicass 2 20 Shift lock release IransMiSSiON eesriie ei ernea 5 16 Shifting CVT Continuously Variable TRANSMISSION oeceecetiesescieose recesses 5 11 5 13 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 15 Small light indicator light asnseesennenane n 2 16 Sonar System ssssssrsserrrrre rnrn rnrn rnrn 5 21 Spare tire acr iareeeeisnssadspeealedduweseeiens 8 39 9 7 Spark DIUGS cai cr eresie Pea ETEA AERE AARDE 8 15 Starting Before starting the engine 5 12 JOM starting naive iranere aaae 6 9 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 P s starting sciyrsececetyeccecsereediere 6 10 Starting the engine sssseseersrsrrr rreren 5 12 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 44 Steering Electric power steering system 5 26 Steering wheel switch f
135. aint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0801 LATCH label location Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint LATCH lower anchor WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured p
136. air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is Impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This 1 37 system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover both curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short period of time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See SEAT BELTS earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage Sit upright and well back The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Sit upright and well back SsSso132 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING The front air
137. and also could cause them not to func tion properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle SAI0047 Krom models CAUTION Do not use an automatic car wash for Krom models The wheel coating may be damaged WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle on
138. and air recirculation modes When setting the automatic control mode the indicator lights will blink twice indicating that the system is in the automatic control mode Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Doing so may cause the temperature to not be controlled properly e If the windows fog up use dehumidified heating instead of the A C off heating Dehumidified defrosting defogging 1 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the amp y position 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To remove frost from the outside surface of the windshield quickly set the tem perature control dial and fan speed control dial to their maximum position e After the windshield is cleared turn the air flow control dial to the AUTO position to set to the automatic mode e When the Gy or j position is selected the air conditioner will auto matically turn on when the outside air temperature is above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield The air recircula tion mode will automatically turn off The outside air circulation mode a amp amp gt will be selected to improve the defogging performance Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings To turn off
139. and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possi ble See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CAUTION e The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor re ception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporaril
140. and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelera tor pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel Remain calm and do not overreact Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see CHANGING A FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section of this Owner s Manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the blood stream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the se verity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local law
141. and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant
142. anel lt itcccecvageialicedeptecees couse 2 6 Bulb check instrument panel 05 2 10 Bulb replacement asinus 8 24 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB radio ssi esee eree 4 56 Cargo COVED oncscweecadidnswentancs eidewstadedeeeeas 2 45 Cargo light 2cee secu ereescexiceurceskageeviasecesena 2 54 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 2 CD CF USB memory care and cleaning 4 53 Ceiling light sre E 2 53 Child restraints erinererrr i 1 21 Booster seats srrcsctecisiesesrierearssctcursis 1 34 LATCH system tesecedicisoscedeertsercegiaune 1 22 Precautions on child restraints 1 21 Child Sale opin cciecey renosa E RA 1 19 Child safety rear door lock 0cccceeeeeeeenees 3 6 Chimes Audible reminders 0 0cee ee ee 2 17 Circuit breaker Fusible link cceeee eens 8 20 Cleaning exterior and interior 4 7 2 7 5 Glek reee aa a EE 2 24 2 39 Clock models with navigation system 4 7 Gal alg ole cae eee eee ee ew ee te eee ree 2 46 Cold weather driving sewsvecectereteteeior eee 5 30 Compact Disc CD player See audio system 00eee ees 4 35 4 41 4 48 COMPASS a ni nates ceenceredesn deco E 2 7 Console DON dice de cosa he gheasachcedwiedenausaceees 2 43 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT MUUCH cccatacenetegee a T 8 11 Control panel buttons color screen with navigation SySteM
143. aning ivissc ceterescesedeceebeancen dees 7 5 Fluid Brake TUG sersrnrrer et ErsiSE ESEE RREONENR IESER 8 11 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants sveseveta isan EEEE 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT MUNG ae E E E oe sees 8 11 Engine coola tse reiner eaa E 8 7 Engine Cilncestavegeeereeueusoresseesewese erases 8 9 Window washer fluid ceeee eee 8 12 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player cuctcedceeceetucestsevactcceieeetscueeeveosas 4 33 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player nicsntecentt anpituerinene mace na 4 40 4 46 POG light SWC oe ace tite Sh crex ciceevneeneseatasee 2 36 Front manual seat adjustment 555 1 3 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 44 Front power seat adjustment 555 1 4 Front seat Front seat adjustment 1 3 Front seat active head restraints 1 10 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lUDYICAN S eerren nr E Es 9 2 Fuel ECONOMY ic cxesisnssdhcdnencssevewerteoia 5 20 Fuel octane TatinGt lt ccvercwcertecersceseeceaeseses 9 3 Fuel recommendation eeceeeeeeeaees 9 3 F el filler Gai gccsieceussencey aaa E a 3 24 Pie tiller OOOl scuve2cvetdoanacntedasesccesnveds 3 24 CAG Saino ead nese Seow E E 2 5 Loose fuel cap warning 00e eeee 3 26 FUSES ereenn errek etn Onn EER EEEE EE 8 19 Fusible links n sssnnnnnnnnnnnnennnrrnnnrn rnrn 8 20 G Garage door opener HomeLi
144. appropri ate child restraint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or collision loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren system Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restr
145. ar one two three e e Say pound for Say star for available when using the Special Dialing command and the Send command during a call e Say plus for available only when using the Special Dialing command e Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number See Making a call by entering a phone number later in this section and LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section for more information NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please say the Help command to get information about how to use the system INFO e lf you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command speak Help The system announces the available commands e When you speak numbers you can speak both zero or oh for O Manual command selection Commands can be selected manually While the commands are displayed on the audio screen select a command by operating the audio tuning switch and then push the x switch Once a command is manually selected the voice 4 60 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems command function is cancelled To return to voice command mode push the s switch to cancel the current operatio
146. arning flasher switch 2 36 Lights eemo niania a E eae 2 10 Tire pressure monitoring system CUPS TEA EE E E 5 3 6 2 Warning indicator lights and audible POMINGGTSicaccedsvecdvegedacatesessisgeresseees 2 10 Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 50 Warning light Air bag warning light seasca 1 50 2 14 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 10 Anti lock braking system ABS warning lohi esnan ane R eR 2 11 AWD warning light n se 5 24 Brake warning light vcr dee eeseueereciects 2 11 Electric power steering warning light 2 12 Low fuel warning WOR s1 ieeceeveeiveceteies 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Seat belt warning light sssssssesesereeenn 2 14 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 27 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 30 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 29 Washing der rine eerop eE RAE E AE A AEE 7 2 WV AMINO esei eena EE E EA E NAA 7 3 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheel tire S126 4 uevasseuwedecuternceecenisectiesaces 9 7 Wheels and Tires c a25scisesanedesbestieta teresa 8 29 Care of WEIS reese denn cece ces wcetc erties 7 3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 7 4 Window washer fluid sassen 8 12 Window s DICANING erennere RENEE EEEREN AES 7 3 Power WINdOWS cgeecietecteecteterereeegneeeses 2 48 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 29 Wiper Rear window wiper and w
147. arted the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others SIC3488 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing Instruments and controls 2 35 SIC3020 FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 4O position then turn the switch to the 0 position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate When the headlight high beam is selected the fog lights turn off 2 36 Instruments and controls HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights will flash WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the ha
148. asher switch 2 30 Rear window wiper blade 8 18 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 29 Wiper BladeSexcccixvesscreteeysadeetersyeeeeens 8 17 X Xenon headlights sssssssseesasnnennrnnnn 2 31 AW SGD crceecciicertisvciezesecheseheedenstcesteo 4 6 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo nents and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty For additional information see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For
149. ass operation see COMPASS in the 2 Instruments and controls section For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver opera tion see HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEI VER in the 2 Instruments and controls section SPA2162A Type B When the system is turned on the indicator light A will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the l switch for 3 seconds to make the inside mirror operate normally and the indicator light will turn off Push the switch again for 3 seconds to turn the system on Do not hang any objects on the mirror or apply glass cleaner Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation SPA1390 OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the left side of the instrument panel The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror then adjust using the control switch Defrosting outside mirrors if so equipped The outside mirrors will be he
150. ated when the rear window defroster switch is operated Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 SPA1829 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Safely NOUS sinansa dinetan Ano eE ENES 4 2 Control panel buttons color screen with navigation system if so equipped ceceee ee ee ees 4 2 How to use touch SCIEGN lt cincs cncncectamesunaesacaenetacs 4 3 How to use the back button c cece eeee eee aes 4 5 How to use brightness control and display ON OPP DONON eee AREE 4 5 How to use the setup button ssssssssssssssrsesesen 4 5 RearView monitor if So equipped ceceeeeeeees 4 9 How to read the displayed lines 06 4 9 Difference between predicted and actual GISTAN CGS OE A T AP T T 4 10 How to adjust the SCreen ccceeeeeeeeeeee eens 4 12 Operating WS oc ancensenney sausaceseumscaeperseyysaeetues 4 12 Ventilators wicacdciesnwccmasetntmncaciamehounsestinthowmdsceenene 4 13 Side VENUIAlOlNS ici icuceswanrseraceeacssedscawernduseosdes 4 13 Heater and air CONItIONEL cccceeeee ee eee eee eae ees 4 13 Manual air conditioner sc cccacnaweranntdeanessocsaatacesst 4 14 Automatic air conditioner sissccesvecscccweensscananeees 4 17 Servicing air conditioner siseevewidseecestveveveeere
151. ature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using an engine oil and filter other than the specified quality or exceed ing recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend Technical and consumer information 9 5 upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e towing a trailer e stop and
152. ay burn out When towing a trailer the transmission fluid should be changed more frequently For additional information see the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never back ward e DO NOT tow any continuously vari able transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e DO NOT tow an All Wheel Drive AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain e For emergency towing procedures refer to TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN except for Krom mod els in the 6 In case of emer gency section of this manual Continuously Variable Transmission CVT All Wheel Drive AWD models Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Two Wheel Drive 2WD models To tow a vehicle equipped with a Continuously Variable Transmission CVT an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s driving wheels Always fol
153. be followed The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Curtain and rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags may cause
154. between the front and rear wheels is large wheel slip such as when driving the vehicle on rough roads through sand mud or freeing a stuck vehicle In these cases the AWD warning light blinks rapidly and the AWD mode changes to 2WD to protect the powertrain parts If you stop driving with the engine idling and wait until the warning light stops blinking the AWD returns to the AUTO mode ing on slippery surfaces When turning the vehicle in LOCK mode on paved roads you may feel a braking effect This is a normal condition of the AWD model 1 When the rotation difference between the front and rear wheels is large the AWD mode may change from AUTO to LOCK for a while however this is not a malfunction Starting and driving 5 23 Warning light Comes on or blinks when s Awd FN Comes on There is a malfunction in the All Wheel Drive AWD system The powertrain oil temperature rises extremely The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly SSD0336B AWD WARNING LIGHT The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started 5 24 Starting and driving If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle
155. bs parking blocks etc Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 FUEL FILLER DOOR SPA2714 SPA2338 OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR FUEL FILLER CAP CAUTION To open the fuel filler door pull the left side of To remove the fuel filler cap The approach and departure angles are the door 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to small Reduce vehicle speed when the remove vehicle approaches or leaves a steep hill Otherwise the front bumper rear 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder A bumper or exhaust pipes may contact while refueling the road surface and be damaged To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until it clicks The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission co
156. caceccaseoesudsacanetadansenactemewece 0 2 Extenor TONE eerren errira EEEE Era 0 3 Externo tea eena NANEN AAS 0 4 Exterior Kr m models cnccienicccaverndcsiedaeasnawecscctecanst 0 5 Passenger compartment ssssssssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrnne 0 6 Instrument panel eAcecsecccseracereetesicamesnceetenceeeisdecsee 0 7 Meters and gaugeS ssssssrssssssesersrsrnrrrrrrrerene 0 8 Engine compartment sssssssssrrrrsrrsssrsererrrrrrrre 0 9 ORIDE SOUNE essaresaneeerdenesanine ase an tessanrsain 0 9 Warning and indicator lights cass sccccccds cece vest ainnasies 0 10 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 10 Rear seats P 1 6 Child restraints P 1 21 11 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System P 1 22 12 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap child restraint P 1 34 SS10348 1 Supplemental front impact air bags Page 1 37 5 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover 2 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air supplemental air bags P 1 37 bags P 1 37 6 Rear center seat belt P 1 16 3 Seat belts P 1 10 7 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor 4 Head restraints P 1 7 Advanced air bag system P 1 43 Front seat Active Head Restraints P 1 10 Go Front seats P 1 3 9 Seat belt pretensioner P 1 49 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 1 Hood P 3 21 2 Headlight and turn signal lights Switc
157. caesesedinckbecusesscs 2 27 Three way Calas cccceutececpeactescsceeustneessebes 5 2 Tilting steering wheel eeeeeee eee 3 26 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning WIIG sy acme A E beans sere reece eenas A 2 13 Tires Plat Ure eva oot ee texte ne teres ges co eeendecee ess 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Tire and Loading information label 8 31 9 10 Tire chains 8 36 Tire dressing 2 22c22csceserceecsiecderancgeecaceces 7 4 Tire pressure sssissrrsrrerrarrarrnrrrerrnn 8 29 Tire pressure monitoring system TPIS E EEE AT 5 3 6 2 WG TOMAUON ccc ccececteeertencceterdeueeedimenes 8 37 Types OMNES 3 vace ovine stceewensun aeea 8 35 Uniform tire quality grading 9 26 Wheel tire SIZE on eeer as covewedstaweebedeinemesce 9 7 Wheels and Ties x vegr crevice eat reseeeesere 8 29 Tonneau cover see Cargo COVET 000ee 2 45 Touch SCIEGN 350 ce iae E EEE T 4 3 Towing Flat OWING oc sa2caveseseeteesessedadamesisonecs 9 25 Tow truck towing seses 6 12 TOWING safety nxticcctectyceescsietecebeentose 9 22 Traller towing rs chee ccacseescenrsectccse coerce 9 17 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 TPMS Tire pressure warning system 6 2 Traffic SetUp visresss srpen arresi ea 4 8 Trailer TOWING coco ewe ccncenedeS cutemenesapeeutxe a 9 17 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transe decvsessscesuwcedeereiestasoteeeeesi ees 2 55 10 6 Transmissi
158. carbon mon oxide in the 5 Starting and driv ing section of this manual e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle SPA2413 before closing the lift gate To open the lift gate unlock it and push the opener switch A Pull up the lift gate to open The lift gate can be unlocked by pushing the unlock button gg on the keyfob or the Intelligent Key if so equipped twice pushing the lift gate request switch if so equipped pushing the power door lock switch to the unlock position inserting the key into the driver s door key cylinder and turning it to the rear of the vehicle twice 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2414 LIFT GATE RELEASE If the lift gate cannot be opened due to a discharged battery follow these steps 1 Remove the cover inside of the lift gate with a suitable tool 2 Move the lever toward the direction A as illustrated to open the lift gate Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer BUMPERS AND EXHAUST PIPES Krom models CAUTION Reduce vehicle speed to decrease the possibility of damaging these parts when e driving on bumpy or rutted roads e entering or exiting parking garages and driveways e driving over speed bumps SPA2713 The Krom models have unique front and rear bumpers and exhaust pipes These parts are close to the ground and may be damaged if they contact objects such as cur
159. ccident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tigh In case of emergency tened to specifications at each lubrica tion interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar Stowing the damaged tire and the tools 1 Securely store the damaged tire jack and tools in the storage area Replace the luggage floor box Replace the lids on the luggage side boxes Remove the strap from the lift gate opening and store it to the original place Close the luggage floor board Replace the cargo cover if so equipped Close the lift gate WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The T type spare tire and small size spare tire are
160. ccident D while holding down the shift lock e Do not release the parking brake eae from outside the vehicle Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The e Do not use the gear shift in place of vehicle may be moved to the desired location the parking brake When parking be Replace the removed shift lock release cover sure the parking brake is fully after the operation engaged SPA2331 If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the e Do not leave children unattended in P Park position have a NISSAN dealer check a vehicle They could release the To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal the CVT system as soon as possible parking brake and cause an acci 1 WARNING TEN To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 If the selector lever cannot be moved 2 Depress the parking brake pedal Q and from the P Park position while the the parking brake will be released engine is running and the brake pedal Ea l is depressed the stop lights may not 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning work Malfunctioning stop lights could light goes out cause an accident injuring yourself and others Starting and driving 5 17 CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON TROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The SET indicator on the vehicle information display will then blink to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise contr
161. ce lighting entry door locks and security systems e ls powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is dis connected HomeLink will retain all pro gramming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original transmit ter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information see PRO GRAMMING HomeLink later in this sec tion WARNING e Do not use HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death e During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink
162. ce person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle WARNING e Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the transmis sion is shifted into the P Park position Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for professional road assistance MCEOOO01A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury SCE0958 Getting the spare tire and tools Fa 2 Open the lift gate Remove the cargo cover if so equipped See CARGO COVER in the 2 Instru ments and controls section Lift up the luggage floor board 4 foldable or separate type In case of emergency 6 3 Jacking tools 4 Remove the lids of the luggage side boxes 6 Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire Jacking tools Remove the jack by turning it then remove the other tools 5 Remove the luggage floor box Type A or B by turning the clips counterclockwise 6 4 In case of emergency Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire WARNING e Never get u
163. ceaesiads 7 4 Environmental factors influence the rate of Tire dressing ccccccccccccceeeeeceetetttreeeeeeeeeeeeeennnns 7 4 ONO SIO sae nast anne E E 7 6 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 7 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo nents causing them to crack This could affect their appearance
164. cessively AWD mod els Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a conventional passenger car The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install traction devices on the front wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes imme diately after driving in mud or water See BRAKE SYSTEM later in this section for wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See the maintenance information in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Spinning the front wheels on slip pery surfaces may cause the AWD warning light to flash and the AWD system to automatically switch from the AWD mode to the 2WD mode This could reduce traction Be espe cially careful when towing a trailer AWD models
165. ch of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL SDI2129 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range 4 If the oil level is below 2 remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not cov ered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable f
166. cident or sudden stop 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0326 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly Check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see a NISSAN dealer EN eS ee ae N SSS0351A Shoulder belt height adjustment The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE earlier in this section To adjust pull the adjustment button 4 and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING After adjustment release the ad justment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and
167. close all the way To stop the roof push the switch in any direction while it is opening or closing Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof by pushing the switch toward lt Push the switch toward lt again and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the switch toward S Auto reverse function WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the moonroof If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing the moonroof will be immediately opened The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the moonroof cannot be closed automatically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction push and hold the switch toward Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs Instruments and controls 2 51 If the moonroof does not operate If the moonroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moon
168. come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception FM AM radio band select Pushing the FM AM radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM XM radio band select Pushing the XM radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 gt XM2 gt XM3 XM1 The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the TUNE knob for manual tuning e For XM Satellite Radio Turn the TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected Ki L SEEK tuning For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK CATEGORY button lt or gt to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broad casting station e For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK CATEGORY button lt or gt to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category Tuning with the touchscreen AM and FM radio When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touchscreen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running
169. compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It tak latively ti f l a a Derre If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright when playing protection the player will skip to the next song Music cuts off or skips The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device
170. contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully Technical and consumer information 9 9 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL LABEL The emission control information label is at The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and tached to the underside of the hood as shown Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as illustrated 9 10 Technical and consumer information STI0555 AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE EXCEPT FOR Krom MODELS Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic Te SSS bag SS e License plate bracket holes e J nut x 2 Flat blade Bumper e Screw x 2 screwdriver e Screw grommet x 2 go tae 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket License plate iz by aligning the lower part A of it with the bracket Z L a lines on the bumper me 2 Mark the pilot hole points with a felt tip pen through the holes of the license plate bracket Remove the license plate bracket Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be Q ae
171. controls section When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running the power assist for the steering will cease operation You will still have control of the vehicle However greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels You may feel a small click and hear a sound when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly This is not a malfunction and indicates that the brake assist mechanism is operating properly Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat
172. covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Crash zone sensor 2 Supplemental front impact air bag modules 3 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules 4 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor 5 Occupant classification system control unit 6 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover 10 11 SSS0804 supplemental air bags Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators Lap outer pretensioners Seat belt with pretensioners Satellite sensors Air bag Control Unit ACU Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel the passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar
173. cting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main menu Call A Phone Number speak digits Dial 1 Push the button on steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number The system acknowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available commands Say Special Dialing to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct 4 62 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For example 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two
174. culation a gt air recirculation lt gt button for more than 1 5 seconds to set the automatic control between the outside air circulation and air recirculation modes When the y or position is selected the air recirculation mode does not activate When setting the automatic control mode the indicator lights a amp gt and lt amp gt will blink twice indicating that the system is in the automatic control mode SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER WARNING The air conditioner system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air condi tioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment The air conditioner system in your vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However it may contribute in a small part to global warming Special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your vehicle s air con ditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to the air conditioner system See AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioner system Air conditioner filter The air conditioner system is equipped with an air conditioner filter which collects
175. curs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI TAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label 4 22 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is
176. d on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are turned off 2 Open the engine hood Remove the air cleaner duct See ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS earlier in this section Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover using a suitable tool 4 and pushing the tab Remove the fuse with the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 SDI1753 6 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B 7 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are turned off 2 Pull to remove the fuse box cover 1 SDI2133 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller BATTERY REPLACEMENT CA
177. d periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically SIC2275 Headlight aiming control if so equipped Depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle and the load it is carrying the headlight axis may be higher than desired If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road the headlights may directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of the oncoming vehicle The light axis can be lowered with the operation of the switch The larger the number designated on the switch the lower the axis When traveling with no heavy load or on a flat road select position O WARNING Xenon headlights are extremely bright compared to conventional headlights If the xenon headlights hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of oncoming vehicle the driver of these vehicles may have difficulty driving because of the bright ness Use the headlight aiming control switch to lower the light axis See XENON HEADLIGHTS earlier in this section for additional information Daytime running light system Canada only The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the zpa position Turn the headlight switch to the O position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is st
178. d restraints iio carts beers seein oewens tes 1 21 Cruise control i isccccctessseavernareermecnatens 5 18 Driving SAICTY 2 ce ccctucicsceusracesiesaccsucssace 5 7 Maintenance 2 isss0rdscissasetieee erseeseras ees 8 5 On pavement and off road driving 5 6 Seat belt usage ioc os mecriecsscsenuiesse heey 1 10 Supplemental restraint system 00 1 37 When starting and driving 00 2 00 5 2 Push starting nc iedueiee dats ores eeebneeceeeadeuau 6 10 R RAGIO eaten r a A 4 20 Car phone or CB radio 2c 022eeceensss 4 56 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD play s0ecaceescusccnoiemerehennhseensenseasoees 4 33 Steering wheel audio controls 5 4 54 Range distance to empty 0eeeeeeeeeeeees 2 24 Rapid air pressure OSS eccccvecee de eceeeeesecesmeces 5 6 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M TOS ly an Voauewee bored dene A S 9 28 Rear center seat belt cccee cence eee es 1 16 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Rear Se dl Gp ercscrsitrras nineteen ressse omer erents 1 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIG MNeoe nse nersneeseyas cceiount enced ERER EENEI 2 31 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 30 Rearview MONO icscecctosctssecectoscuseecesvenases 4 9 Recorders Event data ccccceeaeeee evens 9 29 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 8 Remote keyless entry function For Intelligent Key SV SIC cocctucnweS
179. d using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK CAT SCAN button or the radio TUNE dial 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button to until the radio mutes 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels Compact Disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play
180. denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fin gers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may became hot Lower your speed when encounter ing strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the perfor mance capability of the tires even with AWD engaged For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or un expected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dy namometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equip ment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel ex
181. designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however If the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be su
182. dio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 Browse Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Follow the procedure for selecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder amp cp EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it AUX Auxiliary input AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computer AUX Auxiliary button To switch to the AUX mode push the AUX button when a compatible audio device is connected into the AUX IN jack When the AUX button is pushed with no device plugged into the jack the audio system does not change to the AUX mode 4 50 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA3433 USB memory operation Audio main operation The USB outlet connector is located in the center console Open the lid and connect a USB memory as illustrated Then switch to the USB memory mode automatical
183. dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter according the specified maintenance inter vals listed in a separate maintenance booklet To replace the filter contact a NISSAN dealer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air condi tioner SAA2263 SAA1 233 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 OPERATING TIPS for automatic air conditioner When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally The sensors 4 and located on the instrument panel help maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around the sensors AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in
184. disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Poor sound quality Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time before the music If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high
185. display options within that category Compact Disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs 4 48 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD encoded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title lt q p Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the lt Q or gt button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the lt q or P button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while th
186. djust the height of the seat W SSS1053 Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Push the front or back 2 end of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar area SSS0796 Folding front passenger s seat if so equipped The front passenger s seatback can be folded down Some long objects may be loaded in the vehicle when the rear seats are also folded down See REAR SEATS later in this section for folding rear seats To fold the front passenger s seatback pull the reclining lever all the way 4 When returning the front passenger s seatback to a seating position lift it up to an upright position Pull the reclining lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position See Front manual seat adjustment earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 To return the seatback to the seating position lift up each seatback and push it to the upright position until it is latched WARNING e If you fold the front passenger s seatback down to carry longer ob jects be sure this cargo is properly secured and not near an air bag Ina crash an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Secure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM later in this s
187. due to high powertrain oil temperature The driving mode may change to 2WD AUTO mode may change to LOCK mode before the warning light blinks If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light turns off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn CAUTION e If the warning light remains on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The powertrain may be damaged if you continue driving with the warn ing light blinking rapidly Never drive on dry hard surface roads in the LOCK mode as this will overload the powertrain and may cause a serious malfunction PARKING PARKING ON HILLS WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P
188. e In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK p button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK Q button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK gg button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Hazard indicator and horn mode DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD twice HAZARD once or lift gate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME twice OUTSIDE CHIME once HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once HORN none Pushing A or A button Hazard indicator mode DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD twice HAZARD none or lift gate request switch Pushing A or p button HAZARD twice HAZARD none Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Switching procedure To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera tion push the LOCK and UNLOCK A 2 buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta neously for more than 2 seconds e When the hazard indicator mode is set the hazard indicator flashes 3 times e When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE HAZARD once HORN once e
189. e USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or later e iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later e First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later e Second generation iPod touch version 1 2 3 or later e First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later e Third generation iPod nano version 1 1 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano version 1 0 2 or later This unit may not control operate correctly when connected to some iPod versions firmware and iPhone Make sure that the iPod version is updated Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Then push the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod PLAY When the AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected push the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the touchscreen BACK button or the TUN
190. e already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth commu nication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN re commended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to delete one entry from the phonebook After the system acknowledges a command say the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but d
191. e ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The light will turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the ceiling light will not illuminate regardless of the condition 2 54 Instruments and controls VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS if so equipped SIC2064 The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged CARGO LIGHT SIC2131A When the switch is in the ON position 4 the light illuminates while the lift gate is opened When the lift gate is closed the light will turn off When the switch is in the OFF position 2 the light will turn off The light will turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and offi
192. e CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played Orco MP3 XXXXXXXX 3d D XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX X Xx Browse SAA3401 Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD When the random mode is active the SG icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touching Random alternates between ran domly playing songs within the current folder and songs from the CD as a whole The icon is displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no SE icon is displayed co MP3 XXXXXXXX O D XXXXXXXX F XXXXXXXX X xXx SAA3402 Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD When the repeat mode is active the icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder The icon is displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no icon is displayed Center display heater air conditioner au
193. e Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 2 For additional information see ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION later in this section 3 Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 4 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 5 Available in mainland U S A through a NISSAN dealer 6 For additional information see VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION later in this section for air conditioner specification label 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control system and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cat alyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo nents and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Gasoline specifications NIS
194. e Forward facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint WARNING Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may 1 19 come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially impo
195. e TEMPOR ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire infla tion pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pressure for standard tires as in dicated on the Tire and Loading Information label With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 CAUTION e Do not use tire chains on a TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle e Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the Original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do n
196. e The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position e The intelligent Key is not left inside the vehicle e Doors are closed securely e The selector lever is in the P position When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Instruments and controls 2 17 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 8 etre switch twin trip odometer control and brightness control if so equipped ate an Fuel Economy 6 2 15 100 miles 50 4 miles EE we Wee Whe a TRIP SIC4577 1 Outside temperature 4 Odometer 2 Clock 5 Twin trip odometer 3 Operation indicators and warnings 6 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT posi Trip computer tion indicator Cruise control 7 LJ switch settings control and trip computer Settings menu control Intelligent Key operation 2 18 Instruments and controls ied Shed 9 ae ae iJ Low washer e a Shift to P range Check steering lock Loose fuel cap Eh Hold to RESET tire pressure Release parking brake O Key is not detected Key low battery l Key system fault Settings can only be accessed when stationary o Low outside temperature Low fuel warning ee R 100 miles a 4 Have a Break SIC4578 INDICATORS FOR OPERATION The design of the warnings and alerts may differ d
197. e as de scribed above have it checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS TEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using the registered key it may be due to interference caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds Repeat step 1 and 2 again Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the regis tered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System CONT ASSY BCM ANT ASSY IMMOBILISER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Cana da Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired Instruments and controls 2 27 operation of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT E
198. e center screen Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended Do not connect a USB device if a connector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before con necting the USB device If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evapora tive residue may cause a short between the connector pins Large video podcast files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC ATRACS3 Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows f
199. e door glass handle or rear bumper the request 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2074 switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors including the lift gate SPA2407 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the In telligent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door SPA2408 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag SPA2410 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passen gers or lift gate request switch within the range of operat
200. e driving checks and adjustments SPA2394 LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle 4 will lock all doors and the lift gate e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle 2 will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors and the lift gate Me SPA1814 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 4 then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without a key be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle SPA2300 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the drivers and front passengers door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking the door this way be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors push the power door lock switch to the unlock position 2 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position wi
201. e esse eenaeees 6 11 TOWING your vehicle sicdecconascevamesearscensceerieeeentevess 6 12 Towing recommended by NISSAN except for KrOm models ccccceeeeeeeeeaeaes 6 13 Towing recommended by NISSAN for Kr m models cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennens 6 15 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped appears on the vehicle information display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see WARNING IN DICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMIN DERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permane
202. e found the tire s should be replaced e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced e Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury e Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious perso nal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See SPECIFICA TIONS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself WARNING The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construc tion bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bum
203. e may not be displayed correctly 4 28 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Specification chart for FM AM SAT Radio with Compact Disc CD Player Type B T i ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not Supported file systems supported MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sarina teers frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bitrate sd rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR Supported Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz versions WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Bitrate sd rate 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters Pesala character codes 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big pay Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 Troubleshooting guide for FM AM Radio with Compact Disc CD player Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the
204. e of the road in a safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is balanced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires considerably more distance than normal passing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Down shift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness connections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position e When launching a boat don t allow the water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper e Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights m
205. e seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal in jury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica tion When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual ey SW SSS0521 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IM PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain and rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must
206. e system checked by a NISSAN dealer The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch turned ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with un der inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light stays on after adjusting the tire pressure and driving over 16 MPH 25 km h have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If you have a flat tire replace it with a Instruments and controls 2 13 2 14 spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will
207. e system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pushing the s button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record Name command in this section for information about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronouncing emh Record name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Recent Calls Main menu Recent Calls Outgoing A Incoming Missed Use the Recent Calls command to access outgoing Incoming or missed calls Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made from the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the missed calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main menu Co
208. e traction devices on dry roads Never install traction devices on a T type spare tire as doing so could damage the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replacing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tigh tened to the specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet NT ote P al SDI1663 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts ar
209. e vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the lift gate open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the lt gt air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air If a special body camper or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufac turer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Some recreational vehicle appliances such as stoves refrig erators heaters etc may also gen erate carbon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident invol ving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide e If electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into
210. ection Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the front passen ger s seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers could result in ser ious injury in an accident or sudden stop SSS0797 REAR SEATS Folding Before folding the rear seats e Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks on the side wall See Seat belt hooks later in this section e Release the connector tongue of the rear center seat belt from the buckle and store the connector and seat belt tongues into the retractor base on the ceiling See Rear center seat belt later in this section To fold down the seatback of each rear seat pull the adjusting knob A 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Do not use the rear seat belts when the buckles are stowed in the seat pockets Failure to do so may re duce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any objects are on the rear seats Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper re straints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do
211. ed water up to the UPPER LEVEL 4 line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition 4 indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs A Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see JUMP STARTING in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS SPARK PLUGS replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 1 WARNING 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs SDI2090 Alternator Water pump Drive belt auto tensioner Crankshaft pulley ae oS Pes Air conditioner compressor WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unex pectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 SDI2020 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replace
212. ed zone 1 CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage oF TRIP SIC4513 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge A indicates the engine coolant temperature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge is within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER HEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required xy SIC4511 FUEL GAUGE The gauge A indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers 0 The low fuel warning light h illuminates and low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches the empty 0 position Th
213. eee eee 7 5 Audible reminders scccesecesimearcceciecteeseerewes 2 17 Audio operation precautions sse eseese 4 20 Audio Setup lt c2ucniarie ches tessacedennnesereceadueas 4 5 PUCIOMSYSIGMcc2icescsevacteccisieceeracis eessecete 4 20 Steering wheel audio controls 5 4 54 Autolight system xcutteece Cersestesersetceereds ane 2 32 Automatic Air conditioner cert den ecient rarseiceu ee edan 4 17 Door loCKS arrese iira ne Pree ee ee reer 3 5 Average speed MPH or km h 00sse00e 2 24 Avoiding collision and rollover 0 5 5 B Back door See lift gate ccceeeee ee eens 3 22 BOWEN sec 2c cn cnrseseeeeasesinccecadaessesaneie se 8 13 Battery replacement Intelligent Key 8 22 Battery replacement Keyfob 8 21 Battery saver system scncrcccscctseages es cseues 2 34 Keyfob battery replacement 55 8 21 Before starting the engine 0 eee 5 12 Belts See drive belts ccccccccceecceeeceeete 8 15 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 57 Booster seats vcctor de sad ane eagexi ces eedoieeeceas 1 34 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 27 Brake fluid i rerestore e 8 11 Brake system cce rereana 5 26 Parking brake operation siese 5 17 Warning light 2 11 Break in schedule sissssussnrenerner nar 5 20 Brightness control Display ON OFF DUttOn ccrictidedeseecciceseses 4 5 Instrument p
214. eel rererere 4 6 New vehicle break in ccceeeee cece eee e eee 5 20 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 27 O Off road recovery ccccte eheeecsnerseveseeckeeseenes 5 6 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lUDrICaAN S cnsneeten nieta a AEE 9 2 Changing engine oil and filter 8 9 Checking engine oil level 2 00ee 8 9 PNGING Oll aen a ss 8 9 Engine oil viscosity seecdiiiesees vege cere 9 5 Operation Indicators for operation 2 19 Outside Mirrors fs2sticeoect settee tadarssteesouene 3 29 Overdrive OFF SWIHCH cccitcte ccs ta dese veces cceian 5 15 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Owner s Manual Service Manual order INMOMMONO Rian itcpecateescawerecneed eateeeenanaeeins 9 30 P Panic PUAN see ee boos eon ovdeuwenweeeaeossee 3 8 3 18 Parking Brake Deak tiwcecivevavrewnsserecceesereceatts 5 27 Parking brake operation 0eeee 5 17 Parking on hills 5 25 Phone Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 57 Car phone or CB radio 2 0eeee eee 4 56 Power Electric power steering system 5 26 Front seat adjustment rnc ccirdererstceves tewteces 1 4 Power door lock cccctueannteceeeneetetaceccsmecens 3 4 Power outlet usnisa unseen r rererere 2 40 Power WINdOWS css cccxsndenccieeatabebedanaeeuce 2 48 Precautions Audio operation ssssese sierran 4 20 Braking precautions sisse esre e rar 5 26 Chil
215. eering will be harder to operate e When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running the power assist for the steering will cease operation You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate The electric power steering system is designed to provide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent overheating of the electric power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the electric power steering system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the electric power steering system to overheat 5 26 Starting and driving You may hear a fricative sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunction If the electric power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the electric power steering system Is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer See Electric power steering warning light in the 2 Instru ments and
216. en small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the lock position a the rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the unlock position 2 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped It is possible to lock unlock all doors including the lift gate and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicle The keyfob can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the pur chase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function When the keyfob is not within the opera tional range e When the doors are open or not closed securely e When the key is in the ignition switch e When the battery is discharged WARNING The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems Do not operate the keyfob while on an air plane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight CAUTION The following conditions or occur rences will damage the keyfob e
217. epending on the model 1 Door open warning This warning appears if any of the doors are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the display 2 Lift gate open warning This warning appears if the lift gate is open or not closed securely When the Wj switch is pushed the lift gate open warning turns off 3 Loose fuel cap warning if so equipped This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See FUEL FILLER CAP in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion 4 Check tire pressure warning if so equipped This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label To turn off the check tire pressure warning push Instruments and controls 2 19 the Lt switch for about 1 second See Low tire pressure warning light earlier in this section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 5 Low washer fluid warning if so equipped This light illuminates when the washer fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See WINDOW WASHER FLUID in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section 6 SHIFT P wa
218. er time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself bel The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating condi tions due to premature tire fail ure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Load ing beyond the specified capa city may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet T
219. erating condi tion have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary WARNING When the high fluid temperature pro tection mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If ne cessary pull to the side of the road ata safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation or have it repaired if necessary SSD0667 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever release the shift lock The selector lever can be moved to the N Neutral position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To release the shift lock perform the following procedure 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key if it is inserted 2 Apply the parking brake PARKING BRAKE 3 Remove the shift lock release cover A using a suitable tool A WARNING 4 Push down the shift lock release using a e Be sure the parking brake is fully suitable tool released before driving Failure to 5 Push the selector lever button and move do so can cause brake failure and the selector lever to the N Neutral position lead to an a
220. ere is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty 0 Instruments and controls 2 5 position The ff indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the 4 malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the gt light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL later in this section 2 6 Instruments and controls J k BRIGHTNESS SIC4596 SIC4508 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON TROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight switch is in the zpa or ZD position Turn the control A to adjust the brightness of the meter panel and the instrument panel lights The brightness indicator will be shown briefly in the vehicle information display when the control is turned When the brightness level reaches the maximum or minimum a beep will sound When the brightness level reaches the minimum the meter panel and the instrument panel lights will be turned off After the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position the brightness indicator is dis played for 30 seconds COMPASS if so equipped If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in
221. ers may not function properly For additional information see SUPPLEMEN TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain and roll over air bag and or pretensioner sys tems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK indicator light AWD models This light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off within 1 second When selecting the LOCK mode while the engine is running this light will illuminate See ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light This light illuminates when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the
222. erts a space e Delete Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters e OK Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Push the BACK button to return to the previous screen HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON To change the display brightness push the e button Pushing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Push and hold the button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on PJ Audio System Navigation Fa Traffic Info XM SAA3390 HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON When the SETUP button is pushed the Setup screen will appear on the display You can select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for your vehicle SAA3396 Audio setup Push the AUDIO button to adjust the following items to the desired setting Bass Treble Balance and Fade Controls the sound of the audio system Balance adjust
223. es The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system or BY AN2 SSS0803 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light omy is located on the instrument panel below the air conditioner controls The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The o light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The ors light illuminates to indi cate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The ory light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag Is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is
224. es pe act echomyatiing Appear The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft na vigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical compo nents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intel ligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is comple tely dry e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Donot place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a mag netic field suc
225. eviously set time for a break is reached You can set the time for up to 6 hours in the setting menu See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 16 Cruise control indicator The cruise main switch indicator CRUISE is displayed when the cruise control main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the CRUISE indicator disappears When the CRUISE indicator is displayed the cruise control system is operational The cruise control set indicator SET is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the SET indicator blinks while the engine is running it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For more details see CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section aN Service due now Maintenance E Tire Maintenance SIC4538 Instruments and controls 2 21 INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Service due indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for service due for example for engine oil and oil filter You can set or reset the distance for service due See TRIP COMPU TER later in this section For scheduled maintenance items and intervals see your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 2 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance
226. eway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 COMPACT Se AD DIGITAL AUDIO KC SAA0480 Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this oc
227. f the TPMS For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appro priate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all fou
228. ference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon Corpora tion J Bluetooth USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which takes a few seconds If the amp button is pushed before the initialization com pletes the system will accept any command Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the follow ing e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly e Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds e Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice command To operate NISSAN Voice Recogn
229. ferent speaker adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the transmission in Park 3 Push and hold the y button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Push the PHONE SEND lt button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or push the PHONE END sma button to select a different language 10 Push the y button For information on selecting a different language see Choosing a language earlier in this section If the connected phone is already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite Follow the instructions provided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin push the button The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded The system will announce that speaker adaptation has been completed and the system is ready The SA mode will stop if The yw button is pushed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle is driven during SA mode The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs you to say the following phrases The system will
230. ff the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect vehicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce vehicle speed This combination will help stabilize the vehicle Never increase speed Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the vehicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the sid
231. for replacing tires See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks in cluding tire pressure checks See CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Many factors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire 2 22 Instruments and controls replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to perform regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death 3 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for checking or replacing maintenance items other than the engine oll oil filter and tires Other maintenance items can include such things as air filter or tire rotation You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section For scheduled maintenance items and intervals see your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 4 J SIC4551 TRIP COMPUTER To operate the trip computer use the I switc
232. formation visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 00 5 27 Advanced air bag system cciicvcc dieesecredece es 1 43 Aiming control Headlights vccus0siseeracetiesderes 2 34 Air bag system Advanced air bag system 2 eeees 1 43 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 44 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag system 5 1 47 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system 1 47 Air bag warning labels cccressssoiceces evs gesiwees 1 50 Air bag warning light asasena 1 50 2 14 Air cleaner housing filter aaia 8 16 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 2 005 4 13 Air conditioner Service 0 0eeeeeeee 4 19 Air conditioner specification label 9 10 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 19 9 6 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security system 0cceeeeees 2 27 Alcohol drugs and driving sesser 5 7 All wheel drive AWD cccc cece cence seen 5 22 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 10 Antenas a e OT 4 55 Anti lock Braking System ABS 00055 5 27 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light 2 11 Appearance care Exterior appearance Care 02 eeeee eee 7 2 Interior appearance Care 6eeee
233. from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key 1 to 6 Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for XM radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK CATEGORY button or the TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button 1 to 6 until the beep sound is heard 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner lf the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels Touchscreen XM Satellite Radio When the XM Satellite Radio is being played the following items are available with the touchscreen operation e Channels Displays a list of channels Touch a preferred channel displayed on the list to change to that channel e Categories Displays a list of categories Touch a preferred channel displayed on the list to
234. fuel consumption is done by pushing and holding the switch for less than 3 seconds The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 0 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows 2 Average speed MPH or km h The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing and holding the switch for less than 3 seconds The display is updated every 30 seconds For the first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows 3 Driving Distance miles or km The Driving Distance mode shows the distance driven since the last reset The driving distance can be reset by pushing and holding the LJ switch A for less than 3 seconds 4 Elapsed time Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing and holding the _ switch for 2 24 Instruments and controls less than 3 seconds 5 Range distance to empty dte miles or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte
235. g down the sun visor Q 2 To block glare from the side remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 MIRRORS SPA2447 INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position gt SPA2143 Manual anti glare type The night position 4 will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours WARNING Use the night position only when ne cessary because it reduces rear view Clarity Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2422 Type A When the system is turned on the indicator light A will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the I switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally and the indi cator light will turn off Push the switch again to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors C or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation For the comp
236. g the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in SEAT BELTS earlier in this section fa or BY AN2 SSS0803 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat turn the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light o may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concern ing the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag e Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag e Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis areas of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side
237. ge lens covers It may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions e Hanging type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface e Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s instructions before using air fresheners FLOOR MATS WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more informa tion Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat posi tioning aid See Floor mat posi tioning aid driver s side only later in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Appearance and care 7 5 SAI0038 Floor mat positioning aid driver s side on
238. gers in a Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag SSS0099 SSS0100 sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another pas senger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child re straint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child re straints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as 1 21 possible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should al ways be placed in an
239. h When the ignition switch is in the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the switch briefly Each time the J switch is pushed the display will change as follows Fuel Economy Average speed Driving distance Elapsed time Range distance to empty dte gt Settings e When the switch is pushed and held for less than 3 seconds the selected item can be reset except for Range Current fuel consumption and Settings When the switch is pushed and held for more than 3 seconds all the items on the display can be reset except for Current fuel consumption Settings Range and Trip A Fuel Economy 00 0 Average Speed 60 wen Driving Distance 87 5 miles Elapsed Time gt 4 35 Range Ge gt BD 234 miles Settings SIC4541 Example The display unit can be converted or varies depending on the vehicle 1 Fuel Economy MPG 1 100 km The Fuel Economy mode shows the current and average fuel consumption Current fuel consumption The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption by a moving bar graph Average fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the Instruments and controls 2 23 average fuel consumption by the value above the bar graph the position of the diamond icon and the value of since the last reset Resetting the average
240. h as a TV audio equipment personal computers or cellular phone The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless entry function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless entry function can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not operate e When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range e When the doors are open or not closed securely e When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged The remote keyless entry function can also operate the vehicle alarm Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 SPA2252 Q LOCK button f 2 UNLOCK button p 3 PANIC button p When you lock or unlock the doors the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 1 2 Carry the Intelligent Key with you 3 Close all the doors 2 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Push the LOCK f button on the Intelligent Key 5 All the doors and the lift gate will lock 6 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON posit
241. h operation P 2 31 Bulb replacement P 8 25 Ol SSI0349 Windshield wiper and washer Switch operation P 2 29 Blade replacement P 8 17 Window washer fluid P 8 1 2 Roof rack rail P 2 47 Moonroof P 2 50 Outside mirrors P 3 29 Power windows P 2 48 Recovery hook P 6 15 License plate installation P 9 11 Fog lights Switch operation P 2 36 Bulb replacement P 8 26 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 29 P 9 7 Flat tire 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 2 13 P 5 3 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 10 Remote keyless entry system P 3 6 Security system P 2 26 Child safety rear door lock P 3 6 if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 8 Back up light Bulb replacement P 8 26 9 Rear combination light Bulb replacement P 8 26 10 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 24 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 if so equipped SSI0762 1 Lift gate P 3 22 5 High mounted stop light Intelligent Key system P 3 10 Bulb replacement P 8 26 2 Rear view camera P 4 9 6 Antenna P 4 55 Rear window wiper and washer Satellite radio antenna P 4 21 Switch operation P 2 30 7 Sonar sensors Window washer fluid P 8 1 2 Sonar system P 5 21 4 Rear window defroster P 2 31 0 4 Illustrated table of conte
242. h or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems per formed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforce ment could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have
243. h to the pa position The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on 2 Turn the switch to the 4O position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Instruments and controls 2 33 SIC3484 Headlight beam select 1 To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown 2 To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the gt position Pull it back to select the low beam 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the head light switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system e When the headlight switch is in the pa or ZD position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch 2 34 Instruments and controls has been turned to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the a or O position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position CAUTION When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will not turn off automatically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time other wise the battery will be discharged Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extende
244. hanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles If any driveability problems such as engine stalling and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing Technical and consumer information 9 3 pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commer cially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposi
245. hat the radio waves may affect aircraft na vigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or condi tions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehi cle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broad casting station e When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is
246. he numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call Say star for ie say pound for oe e Transfer call Use the Transfer Call command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect a call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone sys tem push the button e Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Main menu Phonebook Transfer Entry A Delete Entry List Names 4 64 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function Transfer Entry A Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a nam
247. he foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any driving position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other positions if the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed push the selector lever button and move the selector lever to a driving position Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal and then gradually start the vehicle in motion WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Re verse while vehicle is moving Fail ure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Starting and driving 5 13 CAUTION e When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose e Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control 5 14 Starting and driving Shifting To move the selector lever gt
248. he jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground 6 6 In case of emergency 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire SCE0751 SCE0039 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated 0 more In case of emergency 6 7 6 8 than 2 times until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle completely WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an a
249. head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To raise the head restraint pull it up SSS0994 To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down SSS0995 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint from the seat Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle Install and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating posi tion SSS0996 Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches 1 must be in stalled in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 SSS0508 Front seat Active Head Restraints The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of
250. heel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The amp indicator will illuminate OFF Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section CLOCK SIC4131 Type A If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME For the vehicle information display setting see TRIP COMPUTER earlier in this section Type A Push the CLOCK button 1 to turn the clock on or off 1 Push and hold the CLOCK button Q until the clock display starts to flash 2 Push the SEEK TRACK button 2 to adjust the hours 3 Push the TUNE FF REW button 8 to adjust the minutes 4 Push the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 5 seconds IPod MENU SEEKIGAT NTER ETING CROLL N YOL O O PUSH or NORE AUX IM E TUNES SIC4275 Type B Type B Push the ENTER SETTING button until Setting Clock and On screen Clock appear on the display Then turn the TUNE SCROLL knob 2 to turn the clock on or off 1 Push the ENTER SETTING button Q until Setting
251. hen it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane e f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gra dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main taining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision
252. her countries Compatibility The following models are available e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 1 or later e First generation iPod Classic version 1 1 or later e Second generation iPod Classic Firmware version 2 0 3 or later e First generation iPod touch version 2 1 0 or later e Second and third generation iPod touch Firmware version 3 1 2 or later e First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later e Third generation iPod nano version 1 0 2 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano Firmware version 1 0 4 or later e Fifth generation iPod nano Firmware ver sion 1 0 1 or later The iPod touch may not response quickly with the system in some cases 4 44 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Make sure that the iPod firmware is updated Audio main operation Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod iPod MENU button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Then push the iPod button to switch to the iPod mode If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected pushing the iPod button changes to the iPod mode If the system has been tur
253. his information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identifi cation mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the ti
254. ht Supplemental air bag warning light Front passenger air bag status light All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK indicator light AWD models hi a ae AWD LOCK High beam indicator light Sasso 8 8 0 3 If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Some indicators and warnings are also dis played on the vehicle information display be tween the speedometer and tachometer See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY later in this section 0 e S 8 be D Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Overdrive off indicator light Security indicator light Slip indicator light Small light indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped WARNING LIGHTS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models The light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It turns off after the engine is started If the All Wheel Drive AWD system malfunc tions or the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle chec
255. ication label 9 9 Tire and Loading information label 8 31 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 8 LATCH system ss sehcas rex vecadadveeenueeeetcessenes 1 22 License plate Installing front license plate 9 11 LEE Gate ccs ge ruse ere E E ore wewncer ee tes 3 22 Light Air bag warning light seeeeee eee 1 50 Bulb replacement eeeeeee eee e ee 8 24 Cargo light Gers ieenecdesecscexseassercenecdactas 2 54 Ceilng We Minto vereeate erent Teena A 2 53 Pog light SWOR ss crc errteecseiatryeenseiauens 2 36 Headlight switch sce cccineeteeerteeteeeseawueke 2 33 Headlights bulb replacement 8 25 Indicator NGS crac cu cacrnsseevewoveeadeu sete 2 15 Interior lightS s2ccrereebsouewceeovensvadeetete 2 52 Map lIGINS eresie E 2 52 Replacement seus eecurnviersscreveceeeioeueeee 8 24 Vanity mirror lights n 2 54 Warning indicator lights and audible POMINOG Sas ccecers yi egeewnscsseacganremeresens 2 10 Xenon headlights 2 eeeeeeeeeeeee 2 31 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement 8 26 Loading information See vehicle loading information 0065 9 13 Lock Automatic door lOCKS sic ccucineateeseadccesnceas 3 5 Door NOG S oe se ots en ee a eee 3 4 Liit gate 1OCK sc icuctecutestepsccceucreeeet teens 3 22 Power door lock st ccsiusansscneatostisesreseesnens 3 4 Low fuel warning light s s s 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Low
256. icle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON position the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door without using the keyfob the Intelligent Key if so equipped the request switch if so equipped or the key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button gg on the keyfob or Intelligent Key pushing the request switch or using the key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operat
257. if so equipped The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo area hidden from the outside To use the cargo cover pull it out and hang both sides on the hooks 1 WARNING Never put anything on the cargo cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop Close the cargo cover when folding the rear seat Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below iously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a colli sion if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged Instruments and controls 2 45 SIC3504 LUGGAGE HOOKS if so equipped WARNING e Always ma
258. ift the switch To fully close the window push and hold the switch Instruments and controls 2 49 A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function if so equipped WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs lf the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function closing 2 50 Instruments and controls only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Close the door Open the window completely by operating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the wind
259. ilar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 37 SIC3355 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range 1 For high heat push the HI High side of the switch 2 For low heat push the LO Low side of the switch The indicator light in the switch will illuminate when low or high is selected 3 To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure the indicator 2 38 Instruments and controls light goes off The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH SSD1153 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce w
260. ile it is connected to the vehicle if the iPod supports charging via a FireWire connection When the connection is complete a NISSAN logo will be displayed on the iPod and an iPod icon on the audio display illuminates While connecting the iPod to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet fully depress the center connector button to unlatch the connector and pull the connector straight out of the outlet To disconnect the cable from the iPod fully depress the side connector buttons and pull the iPod connector straight out of the iPod iPod iPhone and FireWire are a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available e Fourth generation iPod Firmware version 3 1 1 or later e Fifth generation iPod Firmware version 1 1 2 or later e First generation iPod Classic Firmware version 1 3 or later e Second generation iPod Classic Firmware version 1 3 or later e First second and third generation iPod touch Firmware version 3 1 0 or later e First and second generation iPod mini Firmware version 1 4 1 or later e iPod photo Firmware version 1 2 or later e First generation iPod nano Firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano Firmware version 1 1 3 or later e Third generation iPod nano Firm
261. iler so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure vehicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle e Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking performance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadver tently becoming unlatched e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops e Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed Some states or provinces have specific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits e When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Ma
262. in a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Ad ministrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll f
263. indicator lights 2e 4 Turn signal hazard indicator z lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC 9 off indicator light 2 15 2 15 2 15 2 16 2 16 2 16 2 16 17 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system SS neato eee ecm AN T E E E AT A E E 1 2 Front seals osrin nE NA 1 3 Rear SCatS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenueeeeeeenenes 1 6 Head restraints essssenesnuresnnrrrrnrrrrnrrrrnrrrrena 1 7 Seat belts seca see eros comietercatncansiendwonteunmenssaaa meaner 1 10 Precautions on seat belt usage 0 1 10 Pregnant WOMECN ses secucenacecmanedseunesdoesunieedeaiaess 1 13 Injured PEFSONS ss scarcesceicacicecsdasedeceahencessceieds 1 13 Three point type seat belt cceeeee eee ee 1 13 Seat belt extenders ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 19 Seat belt MaiIntenancCe cccceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeees 1 19 CHG Sally 1x dae cwrnesatbendannenaereqaumueetecenensedameccnns 1 19 EM ANAS SPE EE cae E ENE E E 1 20 Small children ss sstenssrisrsaris nenna ana 1 20 Largor CMON eases teen ncerececennaeseaeensseqareeases 1 20 Child restraints eco ipcinis cnn eebacadiwenasenitoleennsanavenanaa 1 21 Precautions on child restraints 000eeeeeee 1 21 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System EAC cate aesemscacecntciea A aE 1 292 Rear facing child restraint installation using LA TO Rises E E 1 24 Rear facing child restraint installation using the Sek
264. indicator only mode by following the switching procedure 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK p button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Mode Pushing the or gg button DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Switching procedure p HAZARD twice HAZARD once To switch the hazard indicatorand h _ Hazard indicator and horn mode oe O Switch the hazara indicator and horn opera Hazard pioator and pom modo HORN onee ON hn a oe Hazard indicator mode HAZARD twice HAZARD none ra buttons on the keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 seconds e When the hazard indicator mode is set the hazard indicator flashes 3 times e When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE HAZARD once HORN once HAZARD 3 times Push E for more than 2 sec L HAZARD INDICATOR MODE _ Push ee for more than 2 sec Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises t
265. ing trips If the iy light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed 2 16 Instruments and controls The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain illuminated Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system and or CVT system checked and re paired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Overdrive off indicator light if so equipped The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected For additional information see CONTINU OUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position This function indicates the security system equip
266. ing indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 CHECKING DUIDS sieiecanvtnsexsatectceymesestestrseacareeunt 2 10 MV MII MOMS sean a 2 10 PGI ANON IONS iensen 2 15 Audible reminders eaenckeuysteesnerscanrinaceeauecerensees 2 17 Vehicle information CISPIAY lt csscandvorsectceereseccaumiececss 2 18 Indicators for operation ssssssssssssssesesrrrrrrrn 2 19 Indicators for MaINtTENANCE lt ecccsseeseasceqirnnceeneiene 2 22 Tip compute erena E rte eer 2 22 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT DOS MOR VON AION esine 2 25 DECUNILY SYSICINS vans ssaccscs cere ssxeexwngsaseeseseesssskesenas 2 26 Vehicle Security System 2 26 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 27 Windshield wiper and washer switch 0 2 29 Rear window wiper and washer switch 5 2 30 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 31 Headlight and turn signal switch secssseeerrrrn 2 31 Xenon headlights if so equipped 0 0sees 2 31 PIS ACO SING asesi aen a 2 33 Turn signal SWIG sccsacwceraunsneniiecetesceusisagamxanean 2 35 Fog light switch if so equipped 0ceseeees 2 36 Hazard warning flasher switch 0 seeeeeee ee 2 36 ICI Grecsssascendedcatcteateusshocencecaedastareerachanteceeavend 2 37 Heated seats if so EQUIDPEd eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 37 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 38 CNC GM ceeds E PE A A EE E A E 2 39 Adjusting the time ssss
267. ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or sn
268. ion 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked Unlocking doors 1 Push the UNLOCK p button on the Intelligent Key 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK p button again within 5 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once All the doors and the lift gate will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK p button while the doors are locked e Opening any doors e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK g button is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3p button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key is pushed Note PANIC button must be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicl
269. ion When you lock or unlock the doors the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 1 2 Carry the Intelligent Key with you Close all the doors 2 4 Push the door handle request switch dri ver s or front passengers A or the lift gate request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 5 All the doors and the lift gate will lock 6 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with the request switch while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the request switch 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments while any door is open 3 Doors will not lock with the request switch when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key Unlocking doors 1 Push the door handle request switch A or the lift gate request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once The corresponding door or the lift gate will unlock 3 Push the request switch again within 5 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime s
270. ions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 LIGHTS 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2668 aoe a ef SS Headlight high beam Front turn signal park side marker light Front map light Ceiling light Front fog light Headlight low beam High mounted stop light Cargo light License plate light Back up light Rear combination light stop tail side marker light Rear turn signal light HEADLIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Replacing Xenon headlight model WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high vo
271. is too System fails to interpret the command correctly noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker See SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE earlier in this section 1 Ensure that the phonebook entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by The system consistently selects the wrong entry from using the List Names command See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function the phonebook earlier in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 MEMO 4 70 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 010 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide sseeeeeeeees 5 2 Three way Catalyst cece eects eee reese renee 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover eeeeeeeee ees 5 5 On pavement and off road driving precautions 5 6 Off road TOCOVENY wisvancesscnsaxeecrnneateonminnediawewsaues
272. isplay will automatically reappear after approximately 5 seconds CLOCK button Push the CLOCK button to turn on or off the CLOCK display See CLOCK in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the detailed clock adjust ment operation Radio operation Radio FM AM band select Pushing the FM AM radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM1 gt FM2 AM When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played 4 34 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems BA Al TUNE Tuning Push the TUNE button W or amp for manual tuning To move quickly through the stations push and hold the TUNE button EJ Ey SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button W or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Push the SCAN button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations
273. ith or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information OR Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Center display heater air conditioner audio phone Pre driving checks and adjustments and voice recogn Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information O N N D 3 N 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System GRS sxesusennden
274. ith the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as SCE0438 Two Wheel Drive 2WD models Two Wheel Drive 2WD models illustrated 6 14 CAUTION Never tow Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to In case of emergency tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies e Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device e Move the selector lever to the N Neutral position When towing a CVT model with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged SCE0863 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN for Kr m models CAUTION Do not tow Krom models with any wheel on the ground or with the front or rear wheels raised because this may cause damage to the front bumper rear bumper or exhau
275. ition Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Push the air recirculation button lt gt to the OFF position The indicator light turns off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the pv position 3 Turn the fan speed control desired position s dial to the 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defroster outlets to detrost defog the windows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 2 Turn the fan speed control desired position s dial to the 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot right position e To remove frost from the outside surface of the windshield quickly turn the temperature control dial to the maximum hot position and the fan speed control dial to maximum HI position e f it is difficult to defog the windshield turn the A C button on Bi level heating This mode directs cool air from the side and center vents and warm air from the foot outlets When the temperature control dial is turned to the maximum hot or cool position the air between the ventilators and the foot outlets is the same temperature 1 Push the air recirculation button gt to the OFF position The indicator light turns off 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the sp position 3 Turn the fan speed contro
276. ition push and release the button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the microphone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted e f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them e fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e f you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response e You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also push and hold the s button for 5 seconds on the steering wheel at any time to cancel the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system e f you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob e In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pushing the button on the steering wheel e To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the
277. iver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For about 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pretensioner seat belt are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not illuminate at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Restraint Systems and or the pretension
278. ke small corrections and Technical and consumer information 9 23 back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so CAUTION If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could oc cur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks absorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Turn off the engine To drive away 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 9 24 Technical and consumer information Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine over loading and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning system is on turn o
279. ke sure that the luggage is properly secured Use the suitable 2 46 Instruments and controls ropes and hooks e Unsecured luggage can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 22 Ib 10 kg A or 7 Ib 3 kg toa single hook Ga SIC4550 COAT HOOKS if so equipped The coat hooks are equipped above the rear window CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 2 Ib 1 kg to a single hook SIC3506 UTILITY HOOK To use the utility hook on the seatback pull it CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 6 Ib 3 kg to the hook Do not use the utility hook to pull the seatback to the upright and locked position Doing so will cause the utility hook to break f A IAN ae SIC3549 ROOF RACK if so equipped Secure the crossbars to the roof rail before loading The crossbars are available from a NISSAN dealer Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof rack Do not load more than 99 Ib 45 kg Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S or C V M S S certification label lo cated on the driver s door pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR see VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section WARNING e D
280. ked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the AWD warning light blinks while driving blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn e If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible ABS ABS or OQ Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance See BRAKE SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition swi
281. kin contact with used oil If skin contact is made When checking or replacement is required we wash thoroughly with soap or hand recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children BRAKE FLUID For additional brake fluid information see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section of this manual WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked con tainers out of the reach of children CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 SDI2130 Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDOW WASHER FLUID SDI2131 SDI2132 Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi
282. l desired position s dial to the 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the windows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 2 Turn the fan speed control desired position dial to the 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Air conditioner operation The air conditioner system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps prevent damage to the air conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Push the air recirculation button lt gt to the OFF position The indicator light turns off gt 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the pv position 3 Turn the fan speed control desired position 4 Push the A C button on The A C indicator light will illuminate s dial to the 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the cool left position e For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the air recirculation button lt gt to the ON position Be sure to push the air recirculation button to the OFF position for normal cooling e A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air
283. l air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and preten sioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain and roll over air bag and or pretensioner sys tems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO CEDURE The front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemen tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replace ment of these systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags and pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain and rollover air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be re
284. ld restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS 4 amp WARNING e The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child re straint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Rear center seat belt earlier in this section SSS0640
285. le speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slip pery surfaces and always drive care fully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recom mended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC sys tem may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle hand ling performance and the in dicator may flash or both and S indicator lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extre mely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and both amp and amp indicator lights may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the amp and indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate properly and the in dicator may flash or both and indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable sur face such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the amp indicator may flash or both amp and amp indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable Starting and driving 5 29 surface e If wheels or tires o
286. ler Tongue Pemanmqeaieble F X a conn cargo and luggage rT o load capacity 2 150 lbx2 300lb 30lbx2 60lb 300 Ib 740 Ib 70kg 135kg 14kg 27kg 135 kg 336 kg 3 Occupants Luggage Remaining available 4 cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg LR 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib PTI 30 Ib x2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Luggage RARER CCLSA 150 Ib x 5 750 b 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg Remaining available load capacity 500 lb 227 kg cargo and luggage Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Technical a
287. lists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work see MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas u
288. loor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and sup port points are used to avoid vehicle damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 SDI2120 1 Oil filler cap 2 Oil drain plug 3 Oil filter Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oil filter change is needed 4 Remove the plastic cover over the oil filter location by removing the small plastic clips 5 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand 6 Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 7 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 8 Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb
289. low the dolly Technical and consumer information 9 25 manufacturer s recommendations when using their product 9 26 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spe cified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking tr
290. lp e Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise e Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding battery charging cellular phone antenna etc e This wireless hands free car kit is based on Bluetooth technology Frequency 2402 MHz 2480 MHz Output Power 7 94 dBm E I R P Modulation FHSS GFSK 8DPSK z 4DQPSK Number of Channel 79 This wireless equipment can t be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibility of radio interfer ence REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 4 58 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including inter
291. ls The equipment will contact the exhaust pipes located on the rear center of the vehicle MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specifica tion chart The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight e When towing a trailer load of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart 9 18 Technical and consumer information e ST10541 The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheat ing The transmission high fluid temperature protection mode which helps reduce the chance of transmis
292. lt is away from the child s face status light o should illuminate If this A ee me oe aa and neck and the lap portion of the light is not illuminated see Front passenger EE nes eg Seg gene belt does not cross the stomach or BY 2 air bag and status light in this section 1 Remove the anchor cover from the anchor Move the child restraint to another point which is located directly behind the nd nected ia o eet seating position Have the system ens behind the child or under the child s checked by a NISSAN dealer Ann E 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of A booster seat must only be in After the child restraint is removed and the seat the seatback i Me belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child stalled in a seating position that has restraint mode is canceled 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor a lap shoulder belt bracket that provides the straightest instal lation 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0455 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat a
293. ltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information see HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Low beam Wattage 35 Bulb no D2R High beam Wattage 60 Bulb no HB3 Halogen headlight model The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb CAUTION e Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped e Only touch the plastic base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope e Aiming is not necessary after repla cing the bulb When aiming adjust ment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Low beam Wattage 55 Bulb no H11 High beam Wattage 60 Bulb no HB3 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No Front fog light if so equipped H8 Front turn signal parking side marker light Rear combination light back up W16W
294. ly If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory PLAY When the AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode lt q P seex catecory button Push the SEEK CATEGORY button lt q while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Push the SEEK CATEGORY button lt q several times to skip backward several tracks Push the SEEK CATEGORY button gt while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Push the SEEK CATEGORY button gt several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Push and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button lt q or for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random ke
295. ly This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets to act as floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has grommet holes in it To install position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned 7 6 Appearance and care SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry com
296. ly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indi cator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replace ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or Starting and driving 5 3 alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire
297. ly after a thorough washing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the win dows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could da mage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to main
298. ly removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dam pened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any similar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather sur faces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or am monia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gau
299. m that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs 2 26 Instruments and controls The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the vehicle and always lock it when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key if it is inserted Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with e the lock button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key if so equipped e any request switch Intelligent Key equipped model e the power door lock switch e the key master or mechanical In telligent Key equipped model 4 Confirm that the security indicator light illuminates The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The veh
300. malfunction indicator light illuminates steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control and or Continuously Variable Transmission CVT mal function The malfunction indicator light may also illumi nate steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the 5 light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Instruments and controls 2 15 Operation The malfunction indicator light will illuminate in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light illuminated steady An emission control system and or CVT malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning if so equipped appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 4 light should turn off after a few driv
301. ment weather may affect the function of the sonar system this may include reduced performance or a false activation SSD0723 This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or mov ing objects The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large station ary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it mis aligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms CAUTION Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard When the ignition switch is in the ON position the sonar system is operational The sonar system sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the bumper The system detects rear obstacles when the selector lever is in the R Reverse position The system may not detect objects at speeds above 6 MPH 10 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The sonar system detects obstacles up to 3 3 ft 1 m from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the rear bumper Refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 11 8 in 80 cm away
302. ment is required see a NISSAN dealer for servicing lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself AIR CLEANER Push the tabs 4 and pull out the filter element The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Main tenance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when ru
303. mper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night This is not a malfunction If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis play objects Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolora tion To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or SAA1775 possibly fatal injuries to people or animals SIDE VENTILATORS e Do not use the recirculation mode Open or close and adjust the air flow direction for long periods as it may cause the of ventilators as illustrated
304. mpleting it you can say Cancel or Quit at anytime the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response Call Main menu Call or Call International Name speak name A Phone Number speak digits Redial Call Back Name speak name A If there are entries stored in the phonebook a number associated with a name and location can be dialed See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phonebook entry to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks the user to choose the location Once the name and location are confirmed the system begins the call Phone Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number to call Refer to Making a call by entering a phone number earlier in this section for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number d
305. n and then perform the first procedure of voice command SAA1 782 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel We PHONE SEND Push the x4 button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to interrupt system feedback and give a command at once s PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active push the s button to go back one step Push and hold the sw button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For additional command options refer to LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Push and hold the amp button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Push the PHONE SEND lt button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or push the PHONE END sma button to select a different language 3 Push the sa button For information on speaker adaptation see SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE later in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option t
306. n switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the map lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition SIC3513 CEILING LIGHT The ceiling light switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the ceiling light will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position the ceiling light will illuminate under the following conditions e ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds Instruments and controls 2 53 e doors are unlocked by pushing the unlock button gg on the keyfob or Intelligent Key or the request switch Intelligent Key system equipped model with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in th
307. n timing B T D C degree rpm Spark plug Standard DILKAR6A 1 1 Tire Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 a Pressure PSI Camshaft operation Timing chain yp kPa Cold This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 P215 70R16 99H 33 230 Convenor P225 60R17 onventiona 98H P225 55R18 33 230 1 97V 38 260 2 T155 90D16 60 420 Spare l 33 230 Conventional 38 260 3 1 2WD 2 AWD 3 AWD P225 55R18 97V Technical and consumer information 9 7 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase 105 9 2 690 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 183 3 4 655 1 183 9 4 670 2 184 3 4 680 1 3 184 4 4 685 2 3 70 9 1 800 65 3 1 658 66 3 1 683 4 60 6 1 540 61 0 1 550 See the F M V S S or C M V S S certification label on the driver s side center pillar 1 Without front license plate bracket 2 With front license plate bracket 3 Krom models 4 With roof rail 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another coun try you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low
308. nce and do it yourself REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide FUSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specifie
309. nd consumer information 9 15 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Information label 9 16 Technical and consumer information SIC3504 SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area as shown The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 22 Ib 98 N to a single hook A or 7 Ib 31 N to a single hook if so equipped when securing cargo WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury e The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR
310. nd rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt SSS0658 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions SSS0645 Forward facing web mounted step 2 Sec
311. nd seat belt system LRS0453 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures LRS0464 All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 Booster seat installation CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the
312. nder the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is de SCE0700 SCE0630 Spare tire signed for lifting only your vehicle Spare tire Turn the clamp to remove the tire Removing wheel cover if so equipped during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points A WARNING Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never use your hands to remove the e Never jack up the vehicle more than wheel cover This may cause personal ae necessary injury e Never use blocks on or under the To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod 1 jack as illustrated e Do not start or run the engine while Apply cloth between the wheel and jack rod vehicle is on the jack as it may to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover cause the vehicle to move e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack In case of emergency 6 5 Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions Jack up point 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of t
313. ndle a CD DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory e Never touch the terminal portion of the USB memory e Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory e Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations e Do not expose the USB memory to direct sunlight e Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 Except for Krom models 1 Tuning switch 2 VOLUME control switch 3 SOURCE select switch SAA1779 SAA1780 For Krom models Tuning switch VOLUME control switch SOURCE select switch 4 POWER on off switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch for Krom models With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER on off s
314. ned off while the iPod was playing pushing the PWR button will start the iPod When the iPod MENU button is pushed while the iPod is connected the interface for iPod operation is shown on the audio display The items on the menu list can be scrolled by pushing the i or while the iPod is operational To select an item push ENTER The display can be changed as follows C Playlists Artists Albums Songs gt Audiobooks Composers Genres For more information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual gt gt fa Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the i or button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the i or e button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off gt Repeat One Repeat All gt Repeat Off RDM Random RDM When the RDM button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle
315. ng When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of CD will be played for 10 seconds in sequence Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next disc program 4 36 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems RANDOM RDM REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD Z DISC REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM CD with MP3 or WMA TC REPEAT FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT 7 FOLDER RANDOM DISC RANDOM CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out and the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it SAA3427 Interface system for iPod operation Connecting iPod The iPod outlet connector is located in the center console Connect the cable 4 as illustrated and then connect the other end of the cable to your iPod 2 Your vehicle is equipped with the specialized cable for con necting the iPod to your vehicle audio unit The battery of your iPod is charged wh
316. ng the window washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water If the windshield wiper operation is inter rupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approximately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper SIC2821 The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low continuous low speed operation 3 High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 6 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several Instruments and controls 2 29 times 2 30 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the rear window glass and obscure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window CAUTION
317. ngine axle or other parts could be damaged 5 20 Starting and driving INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road condi tions Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ omy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped WARNING The sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking Always move slowly Read and understand the limita tions of the sonar system as con tained in this section Incle
318. nk Universal Transceiver 2cc sic ccicertesesceeeisdisgeesenes eserves 2 55 AGS CAD pi csceesiccsnecigecchamencessances EEEIEE 3 24 GAUE cc tinacceetaswatonnstaneeseeesuncnaeertene ace 2 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel gauge occ ccernciset ve epetanensteremienceeeis 2 5 Tachometer veewavvevescaceeeseeebvevase te neS 2 4 TP COMPUTE onicsiocdicesaencotausnseyemacaxe s 2 22 General maintenance cccceeeeeeeeeeeeenees 8 2 Glove OK sia oe reereeeeentateeaueeniecesccunnedss 2 43 H Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth 4 57 Hazard warning flasher switch 555 2 36 Head TEStalNS lt iccneveudusee ameneeetsicenete teeta 1 7 Headlights Aiming control l 2 34 Bulb replacement niisiis 8 25 Headlight switch vescceviicrsedccesebevedeenada 2 33 Xenon headlights sisie 2 31 Heated SCI Svs sev ecedwteeeteatherierereseuercneds 2 37 Heater Engine block heater 0eeeeeee es 5 31 Heater and air conditioner operation 4 13 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 0065 2 55 Hood GOSS so5 4s ccteeesegtecelsareees oiessgaees 3 21 Hook Coat NOOK naccrtetendeinagpoeetesiduseeeiiacnas 2 46 Luggage NOOK ciccteccceterscudendieeeeesvenes 2 46 Utility NOOKi vcr ie eteeiecteadoseeterceeeereeweee 2 47 FOT cscanstenaduqaleen E aE 2 37 How to use the back button vecciees erseedeeneesen 4 5 How to use the setup button 005 4 5 l Ignition SWI CN css sksnersre ente
319. nnect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth Off D Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure earlier in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The system will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone C Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The system will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you 4 66 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Turn Bluetooth Off Use the Bluetooth Off command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a dif
320. nning wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push and hold the release tab A and move the wiper blade down the wiper arm 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 4 Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is in the groove e SDI2048 CAUTION After wiper blade replacement re turn the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be da maged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 b gt S SDI1865 N Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle A This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle 8 18 Maintena
321. nst doors or windows SSS0188A SSS0162 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 SSS0159 WARNING Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supple mental air bags e The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dan gerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be espe cially careful with children who should always be properly re strained Some examples of danger ous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat
322. nt green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the Nissan Service and Maintenance Guide for more de tails 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2100 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level 2 open the reservoir cap and add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level 4 If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of rea
323. ntly damage the tires 6 2 In case of emergency and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possi ble When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position 4 Turn off the engine Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistan
324. ntrol sys tem An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the mal function indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehi cle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static elec tricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tight en the fuel filler cap properly may cause the malfunction indicator light MIL to illuminate If the gt light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The light should turn off after a few driving trips If the gt light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal er For additional information see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL
325. nts EXTERIOR Krom models For Krom models the vehicle parts listed below require special care or caution for treating Refer to additional information in each section 1 Front bumper P 3 23 P 6 15 2 Aluminum alloy wheels P 7 4 3 Rear bumper P 3 23 P 6 15 4 Exhaust pipes P 3 23 P 6 15 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Cargo cover P 2 45 Coat hooks P 2 46 Ceiling light P 2 53 Door armrest Power window switch P 2 48 Power door lock switch P 3 5 5 Sun visors P 3 27 oY gt 0 6 Illustrated table of contents SSI0351 Moonroof P 2 50 Front map lights P 2 52 Sunglasses holder P 2 42 Inside rearview mirror P 3 27 Anti glare adjustment P 3 28 HomeLink universal transceiver P 2 55 Compass P 2 7 Cargo area Storages P 2 44 Luggage hooks P 2 46 Cargo light P 2 54 Spare tire P 6 3 Rear cup holders P 2 41 Console box P 2 43 Power outlet P 2 40 iPod or USB outlet connector P 4 37 Front cup holders P 2 41 if so equipped INSTRUMENT PANEL 2122232425 26 21 Side ventilator P 4 13 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 31 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Audio control P 4 54 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control P 4 57 6 SSI0763 Steering wheel Horn P 2 37 Driver supplemental air
326. o System Navigation m xm ia Traffic Info SAA3386 Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select For example to select the Audio key touch the Audio key 1 on the screen Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 SAA3387 Adjusting the item For screens where an item can be adjusted incrementally such as when adjusting the bass and treble for the audio system touch the key 1 or the key 2 to adjust the settings of an item When there are more items than can be displayed on one screen touch the up arrow 3 to scroll up the page or touch the down arrow 4 to scroll down the page re 5 Brightness Very Bright Display Mode Scrol Direction SAA3388 Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a set number of conditions For example the Display Mode can be set to Automatic Day or Night To adjust this type of item touch the item The item will cycle through the available settings and the red indicator lights to the left of the setting condition 2 will come on or turn off accordingly 4 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA38389 Inputting characters Touch the letter key There are some options available when inputting characters e 123 ABC Changes the available character set to numbers e Space Ins
327. o change the language to Spanish in Spanish or French in French Use the following chart to select the language NOTE You must push the lt button or the button within 5 seconds to change the language Push l TALK PHONE SEND to select Push sh MODE PHONE END to select Current lan guage French English English English 5 If you decide not to change the language do not push either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the pro cedure the procedure will be cancelled Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 Main menu Connect Phone A Add Phone Initiate from handset Name phone D 1 Push the yx button on the steering wheel The system announces the available com mands 2 Say Connect Phone A The system acknowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on conne
328. o fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch the Display Mode key to cycle through the options Day and Night modes are suited for the respective times of day while Automatic controls the display automatically e Scroll Direction The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted Choose either up or down Time Format Use GPS Clock Set Clock Manually Daylight Savings Time SAA3393 Clock Select the Clock key to adjust the time and the appearance of the clock on the display The following settings can be adjusted e Time Format The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours e Use GPS Clock When this setting is activated the clock is set and continually updated via the GPS used by the Navigation System e Set Clock Manually When this setting is activated the clock can be Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 on set manually Touch the or key to adjust the hours and minutes up or down e Daylight Savings Time When this setting Is activated daylight savings time is on Touch the Daylight Savings Time key to toggle the setting on or off Choose the applicable time zone from the list Fran ais SAA3395 Language Select the Language key to adjust the language used by the system The language can be set to English Fran ais or Espa ol Touch click Select the
329. ocated on the lower side of the instrument panel This switch is used to select the AUTO or LOCK mode depending on the driving conditions Each time you push the lower part of the switch A the AWD mode will switch AUTO LOCK AUTO LOCK mode 2 LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode ay AWD automatically when the vehicle has been A WARNING The AWD LOCK indicator light a will eee driven at a high speed The AWD LOCK A 3 R LOCK switch to AUTO Do not oper AUTO mode i 3 LOCK mode will automatically be cancelled ate the AWD LOCK switch Pa The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off a ignition switch is turned to the OFF making a turn or backing up Sans Do not operate the AWD LOCK AWD Wheel diven Use condi e Ifthe AWD LOCK switch is operated while switch with the front wheel spin mode tions accelerating or decelerating or if the ignition ning switch is turned off you may feel a jolt This Ae teas Aicnibutich or tor is normal Engine idling speed is high while e e oll temperature of power train parts wi cially careful when starting or driv rear wheels changes automatically de pending on road mn on paved conditions encoun P tered 100 0 lt 50 50 This results in im proved driving stabi lity 1 roads All Wheel Drive AWD 2 3 on rough roads For driving or slippery For driving increase if the vehicle is continuously operated under conditions where the differ ence in rotation
330. oes not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session Special Dialing To dial more than 10 digits or any special characters please say Special Dialing When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 During a call During a call there are several command options available Push the y button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands Help The system announces the avail able commands e Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call e Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call e Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an auto mated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with t
331. oes not include the actual phone numbers When playback of the list is complete the system returns to the main menu Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pushing the s button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE Phonebook commands are not available when the vehicle is moving Main menu List names A Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries to the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associated with it When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record Name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List names A Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book Th
332. of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags will deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminat
333. oing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then oper ates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions 5 28 Starting and driving When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while
334. ol system will cancel automatically If the SET indicator on the vehicle informa tion display blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator on the vehicle information display may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the following pro cedures WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed 5 18 Starting and driving e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident 1 _ _ COAST SET FF 4 j SSD0668 RESUME ACCELERATE switch SET COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal RoON To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The SET
335. om the P Park position The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position with the foot brake pedal depressed The OFF position 4 is between the LOCK and ACC positions although it is not marked on the ignition switch KEY POSITIONS LOCK 0 Except for the Intelligent Key equipped model The key can only be removed from the ignition switch at this position For the Intelligent Key equipped model PUSH OFF The ignition switch is locked at this position PUSH ON The ignition switch will be unlocked while carrying the Intelligent Key OFF 1 The power supply is turned off ACC 2 The electrical accessory power activates without the engine turned on Starting and driving 5 11 ON 3 The ignition system and the electrical accessory power activate without the engine turned on START 4 The engine starter activates and the engine will start The ignition switch when released will automatically turn to the ON position CAUTION As soon as the engine has started release the ignition switch immediately 5 12 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check
336. on Continuously Variable Transmission CVT TINGE Sct eae caeneee S A a peed ecenaies 8 11 Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission 00 s00 5 11 5 13 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 16 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 3 6 Transmitter With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 00cceeeeeeees 3 17 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNUY ees ec caterers ceed suse estes ence 9 8 THB computer occic scien ot sieucenrer ser euieweseeas 2 22 Turn signal SWIG ccvecec san eorecees ceeerieds beead 2 35 U Underbody CleaminG 2s ccariuecenendoevetencieeness 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading vive sanescece wees tex 9 26 USB memory GbEratiON x vccyeecce ree 4 43 4 50 Utility NOOK sacar at cemergaceexetyreaceeecereee ore reer 2 47 V Vanity mirror NIGMS sess der ceodetaeds pearen 2 54 Vehicle Dimensions and weights 2 0eeeeeee 9 8 Identification number VIN 00cc cess eens 9 8 Information GISDIAY vaascecneccnceesesrowareccnes 2 18 Loading information s s s essees 9 13 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 Security Syst m serce aa a oe cee tyewere cere 2 26 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 38 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 28 Ventilators i c212dansteecsecegeisecececenevsaexeceies 4 13 Voice command Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 63 WwW Warning Hazard w
337. one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Dial ing See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone push the button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended push the s button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone push the sa button on the steering wheel to reject the call LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you push and release the button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the commands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available anytime the system is waiting for a response A menu item can also be selected by scrolling the display with the SEEK switch and entering by pushing the button If you want to end an action without co
338. ons Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli sion Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further in
339. ooster vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle A being jump started CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable gt gt gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing CAUTION Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS CAUTION Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking
340. or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CA NADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held trans mitter to HomeLink continue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener com ponents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVER SAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNO SIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the Home Link surface e push and hold both the
341. or audio controls 4 54 Tilting steering wheel 0eeeeeeee 3 26 SIT ssixk ce toewerakensnecaddedensnetbiawesiaeass 2 41 SUN VISOl s aerae E 3 27 Sunglasses holder sree eueeeeicevescheeerareie 2 42 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 50 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 50 2 14 Supplemental restraint system 0e eee 1 37 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM 2 isda xis rrai enn E E EERE 1 37 Switch All Wheel Drive AWD lock switch 5 22 Audio control steering wheel switch 4 54 Autolight SWIC ices cocsenecdidedecceseesesweses 2 32 Fog light SWICRixcctcesnoseecesetettenseisabhess 2 36 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 36 Headlight aiming control 5 2 34 Headlight switch cfc eree ere cots creeds eee 2 33 ignition SWING so ieeeeeevrianticetueeeesevereserae 5 9 Overdrive OFF switch x eccaves cciessaxeevee ves 5 15 Power door lock Switch 00eeeeeeeeees 3 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIC ices erre EEE E e E 2 31 Turn signal SWiCNpcccccctsececesecceeraeneecct 2 35 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 38 Sy steM STUP cececincseceseentess tacteseaercrsecsades 4 6 T Tachometer sssesseenrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr reren 2 4 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge wi cet bciivecssenreeeeveeerieiaiee 2 5 10 5 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start lt entcectintee deg o
342. or near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality AAC M4A Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 ATRAC3 ATRAC3 Plus Adaptive Trans form Acoustic Coding ATRAC is a lossy audio compression format developed by Sony Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is
343. orrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and powertrain are in working con dition If any unit is damaged dol lies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing 6 12 Incase of emergency For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV see FLAT TOW ING in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual All Wheel Drive AWD models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN except for Krom models All Wheel Drive AWD models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain In case of emergency 6 13 NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed w
344. ot drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself MEMO Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 MEMO 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation ssssssseresssssesersrrrrrerene 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendaliONS scsrsinarsse idirin besis eusti 9 6 Spec MicAloN Sss i 9 7 CWS E E E E T E E E T 9 7 Wheels and MRCS jasc cccentseacrnsensrensecetensiecemedaedecs 9 7 Dimensions and weights sceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another GOUN yesse asne Eai 9 8 Vehicle identification ssssessrsrrrrssssssesrsrrrrrrrrr 9 8 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate 9 8 Vehicle identification number chassis number 9 9 Engine seral HUMBET csesueeedeeereantnriesencenesdexioan 9 9 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 9 Emission control information label 5 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 10 Air conditioner specification label 2 5 9 10 Installing front license plate 0 eeeeeeeee ees 9 11 Except for Kr m MOUGEIS sccncueove cette wevwescennenased 9 11 F r Krom Model E s
345. ot supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported USB memory FAT16 FAT32 MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 WMA7 WMA8 WMAS Supported WMA 2 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz versions 1 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 MPEG AAC AAC Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only AAC tag AAC only CD CD R CD RW Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 Files 2500 Max 255 files for one folder USB Memory size 4GB Text character number limitation 26 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS Supported file systems Displayable character codes 3 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback tim
346. ould be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and in crease the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an acci dent Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may in dicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add mate rial or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the sea
347. ounds once again All the doors and the lift gate will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked e Opening any doors e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute WARNING SIGNALS The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a function that is designed to minimize improper operations and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen The warning buzzer sounds and the warning display appears on the vehicle information display when improper operations are detected CAUTION When the buzzer sounds and the warn ing display appears be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Action to take Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and push the request switch Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK The outside buzzer sounds for approximately 2 The doos camet he locked position and push the request switch while Venen PUSANG ME TEAUEST SWNEN seconds carrying the Intelligent Key with you Close all the doors securely and push the request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you The outside buzzer sounds for approximately The ignition
348. out SIC3499 CONSOLE BOX To open the console boxes push up the knob A and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until latched To remove the inner box if so equipped for cleaning or storing a large object pull it up as illustrated B The inside of the console box lid is designed to be used as a card holder and pen holders Instruments and controls 2 43 2 44 Type B Instruments and controls SIC4530 SIC3514 LUGGAGE FLOOR BOX if so equipped Type A To open the luggage floor box push A To close push the lid until the lock latches The net partitions can be folded to make a larger storage space CAUTION To avoid damage do not load more than 22 Ibs 10 kg of cargo into the luggage floor box Type B To open the luggage floor box pull the handle on the lid To close push the lid until the lock latches The luggage floor box needs to be removed when you need a spare tire See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section SIC4267 LUGGAGE SIDE BOX To open the luggage side box pull up the strap To stow the cargo cover remove it from the hooks and hold until it is retracted its attachment location If the cargo cover is not removed it may da mage the top tether strap during a To remove the cargo cover stow the cover and dud collision Your child could be ser pull the holder to the opposite side 2 SIC3503 CARGO COVER
349. ow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL in the 9 Technical and consumer infor mation section of this manual For detailed information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it your self section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from Starting and driving 5 27 locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal D
350. ow is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the pro cedure above have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer MOONROOF if so equipped WARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof is canceled Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened However it must be closed manually SIC3510 Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the switch toward S or lt S and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or
351. own Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in IF YOUR VEHI CLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section of this man ual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To pre vent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap CAUTION e When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protec tion is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Gen uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate follow ing the directions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant blue is used fol low the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genu ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 a
352. ped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see SECURITY SYSTEMS later in this section Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Small light indicator light The light illuminates when the headlight switch is turned to the pa position Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light illuminates when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the VDC system is not operating When the VDC off indicator light and slip indicator light illuminate with the VDC system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC system s fail safe mode is operat ing for example the VDC system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key
353. placed Additionally if any of the front air bags inflate the activated pretensioners must also be re placed The air bag module and pretensioner system should be re Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system placed by a NISSAN dealer The air bag modules and pretensioner sys tem cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems and pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supple mental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pretensioner system dis posal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Man ual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 51 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel cascececsee ete ceceeseetenovenneesenecacenenanses 2 2 Meters and gauges sssssesssssesessrsrrrrrrrrrererene 2 3 Speedometer eacicicinasievevecnuatnnonitatmaderevsenawtansecs 2 3 Odometer twin trip Odometer eeeeeeeeeeee 2 4 TACK OMEICT e E E T 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge sseeeeccccn 2 5 giclee tet ne teen cette were ene nee 2 5 Instrument brightness control 2 0 eeeeeee ee 2 6 Compass if SO CQUIDDEd ccceeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeas 2 7 Zone variation change procedure 0 5 2 8 Warn
354. placed on the instrument panel inside the glove box or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function e If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display between the speedometer and tachometer See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section With Intelligent Key system SSD0392 SSD0437A CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS MISSION CVT The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position e When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position e When removing the key from the ignition switch if it is inserted make sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position 1 The SHIFT P warning if so equipped appears on the vehicle information display and a chime sounds 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 3 Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 5 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position the selector lever cannot be moved fr
355. pletely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components s
356. pped with an occupant classifi cation sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could in Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system crease the risk that they are injured if the front air bag inflates 1 39 UZ mn f Ee a N 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the illustrations Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for details SSSO059A SSS0140 Do not lean agai
357. procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 15 7 8 gal 13 1 4 gal 60 See FUEL RECOMMENDATION later in this section Engine oil 1 Drain and refill VEIN Ol Aiter cnange See Aq e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 Without oil filter change 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt 4 3 Miscosty SAE PWR Cooling system With reservoir 7 3 4 qt 6 3 8 qt 7 3 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Reservoir 3 4 qt 5 8 qt 0 75 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 3 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE Differential gear oil 80W 90 4 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE Transfer oil 80W 90 Brake fluid er OE Salad or vel aceoreynig tomer ReMueNene ane S Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 Maintenance and do it yourself section aint ana do it yoursen section SSS Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 6 Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrat
358. prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial30429 delete call back number Incoming Transfer entry 8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7 delete all entries call 72409 phonebook delete entry next entry dial star 2 170 yes no select Missed dial85692 Bluetooth on Outgoing call3 1902 9 7 pause pause 3 0 8 cancel call back number call star2095 delete phone diaal8 305 1 Record Name 4 3 pause 2 9 pause O delete redial number phonebook list names call805 41 correction connect phone dial74018 previous entry delete diaal9 7266 call7630 1 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 e go back e call56280 e dial66437 4 68 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it
359. r wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction cap abilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires All Wheel Drive AWD models CAUTION e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference differ ence between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause exces sive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and dif ferential gears Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 e ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recom mended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer TIRE CHAINS CAUTION NISSAN recommends using the follow ing tire cables made by Peerless Chain Company for this vehicle due to limited tire clearance Call 800 533 8056 to order tire chains for your vehicle e 215 70R16 Sno trac1000 part num ber 0103855 with chain tightener part number 2007020 e 225 60R17 225 55R18 Sno trac1000 part
360. ransceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owners Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation 2 58 Instruments and controls The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 MEMO Instruments and controls 2 59 MEMO 2 60 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Fee eet ere ecco se ET 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 2 Intelligent Keys if So Equipped
361. re to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly
362. re you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set ready condi tion or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain cras
363. ree at 1 800 NISSAN 1 Technical and consumer information 9 27 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN conduct a recall campaign However Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers 9 28 Technical and consumer information To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make su
364. res have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement How ever the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi tions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see TIRE CHAINS in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual All Wheel Drive AWD model If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE WARNING
365. res on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation o
366. ric eer aaa 5 9 Key positionS ssssssrssrsurrarrar errre 5 11 Immobilizer SVSIOM etecedusentsevessersietsedinerne 2 27 Indicator lights ercecededencuntse ter cersscednadnercts 2 15 Inside IMINO tsvercceudeutueveticeeeeersseuseneneeae 3 27 Inspection maintenance I M test 0066 9 28 Instrument brightness control 2 0eee ees 2 6 Instrument panel icceeseccetcsaceecberieetensesecsies 2 2 Intelligent Key system ceeeee eee nnn 3 10 Key operating range eeeceee ereen 3 12 Key OpSratiON serrccrrcerreetn i idiererinkni 3 13 Remote keyless operation 5 3 17 Warning SighallSisccsctcaseveeeeesstawsetnedudes 3 14 Interior light replacement n 8 26 Internor NIGMS scnetapteiticeuturaoeesersceysinacdset 2 52 Pod conhecida e N 4 37 iPod player operation 00ceeeeeees 4 44 4 51 ISOFIX child restralitseacpeetysacer eene 1 22 J J mp STAIN esd ctcaaeee ceca eniste A EN PREE 6 9 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry system 3 6 With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 000ee es 3 17 KEYS oreinen innn era cece aiana eaeeres ecto 3 2 For Intelligent Key system 5 00e 3 10 L Labels Air bag warning labels 0eeeeeees 1 50 Air conditioner specification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serial NUMber i viccciecctecceeeecccseecvea 9 9 F M V S S C M V S S certif
367. rightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer 2 32 Instruments and controls SIC2412A Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF pa or 4O position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position and one of the doors Is opened and this condition is continued the headlights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you turn the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors SAA1755 Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor 1 located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate SIC4565 Type A SIC4566 Type B HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Q Turn the switc
368. rive extra carefully when the vehi cle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity especially if the Significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack e Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sud den or unusual handling maneuvers e Roof rack load should be evenly distributed e Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury CAUTION Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfortably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or Instruments and controls 2 47 stool 2 48 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the win dow lock switch to prevent unex pected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols and become trapped in the window Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position
369. rning if so equipped This warning appears when the ignition switch is turned to stop the engine with the selector lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning appears move the selector lever to the P Park position or turn the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 7 Steering lock malfunction indicator This indicator appears when the ignition switch cannot be released from the LOCK position If this indicator appears turn the ignition switch again while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left 2 20 Instruments and controls 8 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied 9 Intelligent Key detection warning if so equipped This warning appears in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is turned from the LOCK position and the Intelli gent Key cannot be recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Ke
370. roof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the switch toward lt Push and hold the switch toward lt S to tilt the moonroof up Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down Push and hold the switch toward S to fully tilt the moonroof down Check if the moonroof switch operates normally If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 52 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHTS CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery SIC3511 MAP LIGHTS Push the light lens to turn the map light on or off ON DOOR OFF 0 9 y Tar T SIC3512 The map light control switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF 3 The light if so equipped will illuminate when the headlight switch is turned to the paz or 4D position ON position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the map lights will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position the map lights will illuminate under the following conditions e ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the unlock button gg on the keyfob or Intelligent Key or the request switch Intelligent Key system equipped model with the ignitio
371. rop erly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured prop erly if the lower anchors are ob structed SSS0637 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors SSS0643 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 SSS0644 LATCH rigid attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint SSS0802 Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the floor behind the outboard and center seating positions
372. roperly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light 7 located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bag inflates e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury e Do not use water or acidic cleaners 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury
373. roximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate per centage for that region FOR GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna STI0505 tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temper
374. rrors if so equipped start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light will illuminate Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn Instruments and controls 2 31 off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal e If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the b
375. rs because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do SO Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Starting and driving 5 5 ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than pas senger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same
376. rtant because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM later in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 86 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NIS
377. rth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids con tained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium bat teries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Per chlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate J Bluetooth Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A XM Radio requires subscrip tion sold separately Not avail able in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com 2010 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you w
378. ry If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C degrees the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a mag netic field such as a TV audio equipment personal computers or cellular phone If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN deal er The Intelligent Key function can be disabled For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch If the Intelligent Key is too close to th
379. s Owner s Manual SSS1020 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits include Air bag Control Unit ACU crash zone sensor satellite sensors occupant classification system front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain and rollover air bag modules pretensioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplementa
380. s the sound between the left and right speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 XM setup For XM setup refer to AUDIO SYSTEM later in Display Touch Click SAA3391 SAA3397 Speed Volume System setup Select the System key to select and or adjust various functions of the system A screen with additional options will appear Controls the level to which the volume is adjusted as the vehicle s driving speed changes Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose 0 to disable the feature entirely AUX Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Quiet Medium and Loud Navigation setup Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item 4 6 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems DISPLAY SETUP Brightness Very Bright Display Mode Automatic Scroll Direction moves v SAA3392 Display Select the Display key to adjust the appear ance of the display The following settings can be adjusted e Brightness The brightness of the display can be set to Very Bright Bright Default Dark or Very Dark Touch the Brightness key to cycle through the options e Display Mode The display can be adjusted t
381. s vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road vehicle Remember that Two Wheel Drive 2WD mod els are less capable than All Wheel Drive AWD models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow mud or the like Please observe the following precautions WARNING e Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain e Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward e Many hills are too steep for any Starting and driving 5 7 vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not
382. sco e ensine Programming trouble diagnosis ceeeeee Clearing the programmed information 65 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button If your vehicle is stolen escscausinnsaeccteeseerectunwensee 2 55 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1213141516171819 2 2 Side ventilator Headlight fog light if so equipped and turn signal switch Steering wheel mounted controls left side Audio control Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system control Instruments and controls 2122232425 26 21 SSI0763 Steering wheel Horn Driver supplemental air bag Meters and gauges Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches Wiper and washer switch 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Center ventilator Hazard warning flasher switch Audio system Clock Rear view monitor if so equipped Front passenger supplemental air bag 12 13 14 Outside remote mirror control switch Headlight aiming control if so equipped All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK switch if so equipped Fuse box cover Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch Hood release handle Tilting steering wheel lever Parking brake Ignition switch Heated seat switch if so equipped Power outlet Heater air conditioner control Selector lever Front passenger air bag status light Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch Glove box
383. seateetenysaceeeenned 5 26 Parking brake DICAKH IN vassccsmacstencitaneeonssmaraseds 5 27 Anti lock Braking System ABS cceceees 5 27 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 068 5 28 Cold weather Criving ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 30 Freeing a frozen door lock 5 30 AMIC OZO scence siden cdase neues Ea 5 30 Sel E nr re A er eee 5 30 Draining of coolant water ticue2icecsecccciravecdusewsss 5 30 Tire equipment ss sssssssesesersrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerersene 5 30 Special winter equipment ssssssssssssssesssersene 5 31 Driving On SNOW Or ICO sssissirernaciioiavoiiecsiai 5 31 Engine block heater if so equipped 605 5 31 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent op eration of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury dangerous It can cause uncon sciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering th
384. should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and dis played objects SAA1978 Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place Note that 4 10 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it appears course SAA3440 SAA3475 Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting object The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object The position is shown further than the in the display However the vehicle may hit the position in the display However the object if it projects over the actual backing up position is actually at the same distance course as the position A The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position A if the object projects over the actual backing up Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 SAA1979 Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width g
385. sing road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the War ranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular
386. sion damage could activate and automatically decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions WARNING Overheating can result in reduced en gine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See IF YOUR VEHI CLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from impro per towing procedures are not covered by NISSAN warranties Total trailer load Tongue load te aed x 100 10to 15 Tongue load Total trailer load ST10542 Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distributing hitch keep the tongue load between 10 to 15 of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load T11012M MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT GVW MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE WEIGHT GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label
387. snarere cee IE TAE EAr 3 17 Remote keyless entry SySteM 0eeeeee ees 3 6 Reporting safety defects cccee cence ees 9 27 PAC OWEl ereenn tere a EEEE rh 5 5 Roof Moonroof 224 414 cut ecenreseccieccars ceteet esse 2 51 Roof rack apucseestieouiesnsucteseces cetewoieeees 2 47 S Safety Child seat belts viccnds es deniaceueeeswonciaveds 1 19 Towing safety inc2ces te vs cecuae deve rsieeeeeewets 9 22 Satellite radio operation 005 4 40 4 47 Seat adjustment Folding front passenger s Seat 5 1 5 Front manual seat adjustment 1 3 Front power seat adjustment 4 1 4 Front seats a cee seers eV eccncdeceseyreseceeecceteecs 1 3 Seat belt s C ild SAIC i ccetectenivis cecosreticidcsertadercss 1 19 IMIANILS secateateeereasansegeresadendteeceaseetas 1 20 Injured PEISONS icv ciedecvcsccrsesdendceecrdeeeess 1 13 Larger children s src 1 20 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnant WOMEN t 2455c0ceskeeseadnasabedraninn 1 13 Rear center seat belt ics ccsceeristivenseess 1 16 Seat belt cleaning pxececeeediac desserts eee 7 6 Seat belt extenders n sses neren eee eens 1 19 Seat belt hooks s12csscsccsetsiea decay ewes 1 16 Seat belt maintenancCe c cceeeeeeeeee 1 19 Seat belt warning light eeeee 2 14 Seat DENS a iiseecteedeeeterechats EEEE RENSAT AN 1 10 Seat belts with pretensioners 1 49 Shoulder belt height
388. ss 4 19 Operating tips for automatic air conditioner 4 20 Audio Sy SIGN a cecrcpanther eer nntenctedeseeesceanneeendtatee 4 20 Audio operation precautions cceeeeeee eee ees 4 20 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player 4 33 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player Type A ccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeess 4 40 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player Type B nsnnsnnsnssnssnssrnrrnsrrrrnrrerree 4 46 iPod player operation sssssssssssressrrrrrrrreen 4 51 CD DVD USB memory care and cleaning 4 53 Steering wheel switch for audio control if s0 eq ipped scdricnccrercieandernaicddcedaderntingeiensds 4 54 PA a OE E E E A T 4 55 Car phone or CB 1adiO x ncsiniceunnenxiesstassedanin annnnans 4 56 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if S0 eguipped s ssdeseconcdnacaacukewassaratencsadeaemonnerd 4 57 Regulatory information s5icccnassrensteeecennssateeeatese 4 58 Using the system lt ccansccpsetaseedcedeedaetaieeieeateeese 4 58 COO DUONE 4 sipcccqnaseniar erate eaa 4 61 Gening StAMed i5iisis0seeesaassces annaia IDEANSA 4 61 List of voice commands rsrssenrssirrodsssnisitesiedaa 4 63 Speaker Adaptation SA mode 00ceeeeaes 4 66 Troubleshooting guide nsxsceseversescoeccendeeusdeesene cs 4 69 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS SAFETY NOTE COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may
389. ssaaa 9 13 Vehicle loading information 00eeeeeeeeeeeeee 9 13 TMS AEEA E A EE E T TET 9 13 Vehicle load capacity csiecesicctvecdehicuseserticegeeseae 9 14 Securing he logd inaseettendonenuants p 9 16 Bere tego sesine ESAE 9 17 Measurement of weights 2 eeeeeeeeeees 9 17 Towing a trailer except for Krom models 9 17 Maximum load MNS ccsccdetccdeascsSetwessnatieateasees 9 18 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW 6 5 9 19 Towing load specification 0 seeeeeeeeeeeee 9 21 Towing Safely asaceccencsenersaysasedseayeadesenevecussores 9 22 Plat OWING seee E 9 25 Unitorm re guality grading sesssiisesniieesssisansania 9 26 Treadwear ssacdsicendaceneserenesscenriantenedanentwanecens 9 26 Traction AA A B and O saaccsccsscrserserserrernns 9 26 Temperature A B and C ssssssssssssrrrererereress 9 26 Emission control system warranty 2 s0eeeeeeee 9 27 Reporting safety defects cccceeecee teense eeeeeees 9 27 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test 9 28 Event Data Recorders EDR iveiccciicccsleosnnecedscwein 9 29 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 30 In the event of a collision cc cece cece ceeeeeeeees 9 30 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the
390. ssesesssssrrrrrrerrrrrrssssssens 2 39 Power outlet cscccacsimeaneitinecadesacetientconekiaadadwsadens 2 40 S o eta EEPE EEEE PE ESETT TEE AS TTET 2 41 CUD Rolde S sanae a 2 41 Sunglasses HOIST cscs ancasuunersdegesueeewareammncas 2 42 Coa se err ene ee er ee ee ee ee eee ee 2 43 Console DOK ecsncsseccseuenenedeswcscmesedanshemmcacasanens 2 43 Luggage floor box if so equipped 0608 2 44 IMGGAGS side BOX sgievas once ciccdeseanseevedssacdasagteced 2 44 Cargo cover if SO equipped ccceeee eee seen 2 45 Luggage hooks if so equipped 0ceeeeees 2 46 Coat hooks if SO equipped c cece cece ee ee ees 2 46 EI OOK sssrinin en aea 2 47 Roof rack if so EQUIPPEd ceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 47 NOM OVS ae ote tree st cesta pee ereceste eee AE 2 48 Power WW NTIOW Steers asin araa iaai 2 48 Moonroof if so CQUIPPE ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 50 Automatic MOON OOM ese xieditecesreccnsianeavuleccvecsee 2 50 IMCHION OMS eSenssebescnecctacetecanndpesascuecaten siamese 2 52 MoD OW eee c ee baace a a seers 2 52 Celing NGI veciecraseasasseysaaanerannseaaeehtepseaceeewans 2 53 Vanity mirror lights if So equipped cecee eens 2 54 CAL GG VOU errar EE swine aamssenransarernes 2 54 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped Programming HomeLink ceceeeeeeeeeeeees Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOMEIS sees eee E A E Operating the HomeLink Universal Tran
391. ssion in the P Park position with the parking brake fully applied SSS0793 Seat lifter if so equipped Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait for a while then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Py SSS1051 Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch 2 forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P Park position with the parking brake fully applied SSS1052 Seat lifter if so equipped Pull up or push down the adjusting switch to a
392. st pipes NISSAN recommends that you place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated In case of emergency 6 15 6 16 Front In case of emergency SCE0864 SCE0701A Pulling a stuck vehicle Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Front 1 Pull the hook cover 4 straight and remove it from the bumper for Krom models 2 Securely install the vehicle recovery hook 2 stored in the cargo area as illustrated Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use Replace the recovery hook cover for Krom models SCE0678 Rear Rear Do not use the tie down hook to pull the vehicle CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hook Otherwise the vehi cle body will be damaged e Do not use the vehicle tie down hooks to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie down hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recov ery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1
393. standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computer AUX Auxiliary button When the AUX button is pushed with no device plugged into the jack the audio system does not change to the AUX mode SAA3434 USB memory operation Audio main operation The USB outlet connector is located in the center console Open the lid and connect a USB memory as illustrated Then switch to the USB memory mode automatically If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory PLAY When the AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode Ke Next Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind When the Rewind or a Fast Forward button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory will return to normal play speed When the i or button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the US
394. stant temperature air flow distribution and fan speed SAA1792 To turn off the heater and air conditioner turn the fan speed control dial to the OFF position Cooling and dehumidified heating 1 Turn the air flow control dial and fan speed control dial to the AUTO position 2 If the A C indicator light does not illuminate push the A C button The A C indicator light will illuminate 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature 4 Push and hold the outside air circulation aG gt air recirculation lt gt button for more than 1 5 seconds to set the automatic control between the outside air circulation and air recirculation modes When setting the automatic control mode the indicator lights a gt and lt amp gt will blink twice indicating that the system is in the automatic control mode A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C off 1 Turn the air flow control dial and fan speed control dial to the AUTO position 2 Ifthe A C indicator light illuminates push the A C button The A C indicator light will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature 4 Push and hold the outside air circulation aG air recirculation lt gt button for more than 1 5 seconds to set the automatic control between the outside air circulation
395. switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped also appears in the vehicle informa tion display When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see VEHICLE IN FORMATION DISPLAY later in this section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is turned ON The light will remain on after 1 minute Have th
396. system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when per forming any parts replacement or repairs e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle e If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by
397. t belt system may result in serious personal injury Once a seat belt with pretensioner 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pretensioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no da mage and continue to operate prop erly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement re commendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERS
398. t removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condi tion is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information damage If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load CAUTION e Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of app
399. t strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a mag netic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers Sy SPA2033 Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors See DOORS later in this section CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key in stalled in the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS WARNING Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 3 4 Pr
400. tain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Appearance and care 7 3 CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely re move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied Wheels for Krom models The wheels on Krom models use a different coating process than typical aluminum alloy 7 4 Appearance and care wheel and they are not plated wheels These wheels are clear coated and require the follow ing special cleaning They should be regularly washed with a soft sponge soaked in a lot of water After washing with water wipe clean with a dr
401. tch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it e Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Starting and driving 5 19 BREAK IN SCHEDULE CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and econo my of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your e
402. tch is in the ON position the light illuminates when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light illuminates while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See BRAKE FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by a NISSAN dealer promptly See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this section Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive care fully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stop ping
403. tely to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER except for Krom models WARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steer ing braking and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required Technical and consumer information 9 17 for proper towing For Krom models Do not attach the towing equipment to Krom mode
404. ter attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system vom es a A RS SS baa ad ae SSS0100 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS WARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passen ger air bag and status light later in this section N S SSS
405. th the key in the ignition switch or the Intelligent Key in the vehicle and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This function helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the g position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 SPA2037 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety rear door locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally espe clally wh
406. th monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through fre
407. the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven o T 2 T es T i iz D see a 5 fa Sit upright and well back SSS0014 1 11 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be prop erly restrained in the rear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint The seat belt sh
408. the heater and air conditioner turn the fan control dial to the OFF position Fan speed control Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise to increase the fan speed Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwise to decrease the fan speed Turn the fan speed control dial to the AUTO position to change the fan speed to the automatic mode Air flow control Turn the air flow control dial to change the air flow mode 7s Air flows from the center and side ventilators 174 Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets 1 4 Air flows mainly from the foot outlets 4 Air flows from the defroster and foot 4 18 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems outlets Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature Air recirculation Push the outside air circulation e amp gt air recircu lation lt gt button to change the air circulation mode When the indicator below the air recirculation lt gt Icon is illuminated the flowing air is recirculated inside the vehicle Outside air circulation Push the outside air circulation a amp gt air recircu lation lt button to change the air circulation mode When the indicator below the outside air circulation e amp gt icon is illuminated the flowing air is drawing from outside the vehicle Automatic air intake control Push and hold the outside air cir
409. then push the PWR button while the system is off to call up the normal mode radio CD AUX and iPod which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the PWR button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 MUTE button Push the button to mute the audio sound Push the button again to release the mute setting AUDIO AUDIO button Push the AUDIO button to change the selecting mode as follows B Bass Treble gt Fade me Normal mode Beep Spd Sen Vol Push the TUNE A V or SEEK AZ button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the TUNE or SEEK button also to adjust Fade or Balance modes Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To turn the beep sound off or on push the TUNE or SEEK button until the desired mode is displayed This turns on or off the beep sound when audio buttons are pushed To change the Speed Sensitive Volume Spd Sen Vol mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH push the TUNE or SEEK button until the desired mode is displayed Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level push the AUDIO button repeatedly until the normal mode display reappears Other wise the normal mode d
410. ther than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the in dicator may flash or both and indicator lights may illuminate e The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 30 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information see EN GINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see BATTERY in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER ti
411. tion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information see CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an ac
412. tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 3 Luggage floor bOX vsecesenteeunsieteseeceseeeete eee 2 44 Luggage hooks sssssssrsrrsrrrrrrnrnnrrrrrnn 2 46 Luggage side DOX c ccegenreranieeceseeeesewer ones 2 44 M Maintenance Baten aeus eree ENE A N 8 13 General maintenance cceeeeeee een eees 8 2 Indicators for maintenance 6 8 2 22 Inside the vehicle c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 3 Maintenance precautions 0eeeeeeeees 8 5 Maintenance requirements 00 eee 8 2 Outside the vehicle ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 Seat belt maintenance cccee eee es 1 19 Malfunction indicator light MIL 06 2 15 Manual air conditioner cececeeeeeeeaes 4 14 Manual front seat adjustment 00eeeeeee 1 3 Map NIGMS ccccceensceteedse seek aeceeseosiesei een 2 52 Master warning liGM ccc cescgevedecdetseedunedes 2 14 Mechanical key Intelligent Key system 3 3 Meter Trip computer cccceccciseevedecccteeedineess 2 22 Meters and QaugeS auc bec ccvenvas cee Se ekeoebexuceee 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 6 Mirror ISIC MIM Ol gschcexwxnneeerreceseoereseenseess 3 27 O tside MIrrOrS 5 ciexemeereneeecasseseaweesees 3 29 Monitor Rearview monitor ccecee eee eeeees 4 9 10 4 MGGHIOOF ccccsicesesariscemeneetatendiseseniacusesss 2 50 N Navigation setup scscdedsveuvteci
413. to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 DIO137MA Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1480C 1 Remove the cell plugs 2 Add distill
414. to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg CAUTION e The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the im pact absorbing bumper e Do not use axle mounted hitches e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust system brake system etc to install a trailer hitch e To reduce the possibility of addi tional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practi cal remove the hitch and or recei ver when not in use After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment e Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures e When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manu facturers specifications Safety chains Always use a suitable chain between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available
415. u may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed care fully SIC0697 If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen O If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 5S 9 ms Wg Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constitu ents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and bi
416. uch as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement 2ceeeeeeeeee eens eee 8 2 Scheduled maintenance ceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 8 2 General maintenance cceeee eee e eee e eee tees 8 2 Where to go fOr SEI ICG act esteereagertersstaentiereeerssce 8 2 General maintenance cceeee eee tees eee eeeeeneee 8 2 Explanation of maintenance ItemS e 8 2 Maintenance precautions sssssssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrnne 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 000 8 6 OR 25D E Ci GING ssnin n iaa 8 6 Engine cooling SVSUGI cas segecedeoaecadiedeaeneennsseteraed 8 7 Checking engine coolant level eeeeee 8 8 Changing engine Coolant cceeeeeeee eee eee 8 8 EAE Olen ere een ee cee err eee eee 8 9 Checking engine oil level eeeeeee eee e ees 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter eeee ee 8 9 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 11 Brako TING esserne AEPA AEKn 8 11 Window washer fluid wccceseuveewcseenscncucegenewnrdceameaas 8 12 EEL a APAN TE E E E EEE E 8 13 Jump STARIN
417. ue by inserting a suitable tool such as key A into the connector buckle 2 Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor base first 2 3 Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base 3 WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is com pletely secured e Ifthe rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured SSS0703 The center seat belt buckle and the tongue are identified by the CENTER mark The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle SSS0799 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 in the correct position serious per sonal injury may result in an acci dent or sudden stop 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0800 Attaching rear center seat belt Always be sure the rear center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Disconnect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle 1 Pull out the connector tongue from the retractor base 1 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retractor base 2 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks The center seat
418. uide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it appears HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN To adjust the Brightness and Contrast of the RearView Monitor push the SETUP button until the desired mode is displayed with the RearView Monitor on and turn the TUNE control dial to adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen to the preferred level OPERATING TIPS e When the selector lever is shifted to the R Reverse position the monitor screen auto matically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard e It may take some time until the RearView Monitor or the normal screen is displayed after the selector lever has been shifted to R from another position or to another position from R Objects may be distorted momenta rily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely e When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunction e When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction 4 12 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bu
419. und Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical sys tem or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before Starting and driving 5 31 starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI pro tected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury 5 32 Starting and driving MEMO Starting and driving 5 33 MEMO 5 34 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency cee on ere eT ene ec mere eee 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Changing a flat tre ccc2ctwsessnnias and ncnian 6 2 n S aen r E E E 6 9 e E Cn a P E E E 6 10 If your vehicle overheats cccceeesee
420. ure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 SSS0646 Forward facing rigid mounted step 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If the seating position does not have an adjustable headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0647 Forward facing step 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0638 Forward facing step 6 After attaching the chi
421. ve the compass checked at a NISSAN dealer e The compass may not indicate the correct Compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill SIC0611B The compass returns to the correct Zone map 2 8 Instruments and controls compass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geomagnetism is stabilized CAUTION e Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass e When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS models Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Electric power steering warning light Engine oil pressure warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and turn the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on C BRAKE Or PS The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped amp AWD 2 10 Instruments and controls All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Seat belt warning lig
422. verdrive off mode will be automatically turned off Starting and driving 5 15 Accelerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the engine and vehicle speed may be limited Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may illuminate to indicate the fail safe mode is activated See Malfunction In dicator Light MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 10 5 16 Starting and driving seconds Then turn the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal op
423. viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors e Make sure that the back door is securely closed when backing up e Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation Do not put anything on the rear view camera When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Other wise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a precision instrument Otherwise it may malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock CAUTION Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the lens SAA2776 HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the bumper line A are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body e Red line 4 approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m e Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m e Green line 4 approx 10 ft 3 m Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Vehicle width guide lines 6 Indicate the vehicle width when backing up DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line
424. w nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connecting e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 e When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a Call e Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time e Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection dis ruption e While acellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual The Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones e If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning see Trouble shooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for troubleshooting he
425. ware version 1 2 or later e iPhone Firmware version 3 1 or later e iPhone 3G Firmware version 3 1 or later e iPhone 3GS Firmware version 3 1 or later The fourth and fifth generation iPod nano iPod touch the second generation iPod Classic and iPhone 3G may not work with the system in some cases Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated 12V charge iPod s are not chargeable with this system iPod button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Then push the iPod button to switch to the iPod mode If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected pushing the iPod button changes to the iPod mode Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the PWR button will start the iPod Fae Top menu item selecting When the iPod MENU button is pushed while the iPod is connected the interface for iPod operation is shown on the audio display The items on the menu list can be scrolled by pushing the SEEK button or MW and the TUNE button amp or W while the iPod is operational To select an item push ENTER The display can be changed as follows C Playlists Artists Albums gt Songs gt ees Audiobooks Composers Genres For more information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual ENTER
426. water to SIC3493 Center console if so equipped 2 40 Instruments and controls contact the outlet STORAGE CUP HOLDERS CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident D y SIC3494 Front The flap A will be folded down when inserting a large container To remove the inner tray for cleaning pull it up as illustrated Instruments and controls 2 41 direct sunlight The heat may da mage the glasses SIC3495 SIC3496 Rear To open the cup holder pull the lid SUNGLASSES HOLDER WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasses e Do not leave glasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in 2 42 Instruments and controls SIC3497 SIC3498 GLOVE BOX WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident ora sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle To close push the lid in until the lock latches The glove box light illuminates when the head light switch is turned on A Card holder Back side pocket of lid C Removable partition if so equipped To remove the partition pull it
427. witch to turn the audio system on or off N gt 4 54 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SOURCE select switch except for Krom models With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the SOURCE select switch to turn the audio system on Push the switch to change the mode in the sequence of AM FM SAT CD iPod USB and AUX If no CD is located or an AUX iPod or USB memory are not connected the CD AUX iPod or USB memory modes will be skipped SOURCE select switch for Krom mod els Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode Without satellite radio AM FM CD and AUX With satellite radio AM FM SAT CD and AUX If no CD is loaded or AUX is not connected the CD or AUX mode will be skipped VOLUME control switch Push up or down the VOLUME control switch to increase or decrease the volume Tuning switch Memory change radio Push up or down the tuning switch for less than 1 5 seconds to change the next or previous radio preset SEEK tuning radio Push up or down the tuning switch for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW CD Push up or down the tuning switch for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs This system searches
428. y See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for more details 10 Key battery discharge indicator if so equipped This indicator appears when the key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 11 Intelligent Key system fault warning if so equipped CAUTION If the Intelligent Key system fault warn ing comes on it may indicate a system malfunction Contact a NISSAN dealer for repair For more information see INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 12 Setting menu operation warning The warning appears when you try to operate the setting menu while driving The setting menu can only be entered if the vehicle is stationary 13 Low outside temperature warning This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 14 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty 0 position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty 0 position 15 Driver alert This warning appears when the pr
429. y adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recom mended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Ifa conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so 4 56 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the man ufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN deal er BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation
430. y interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are e Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e lf a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle e fa computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuve
431. y soft cloth and dry completely When there is chemical or tire wax or dirt such as an anti freeze agent on the surface wash them with water as soon as possible CAUTION e The surfaces of the wheels use a different coating process than typi cal aluminum alloy wheels Do not use aluminum alloy wheel cleaners or abrasive cleaners to clean the wheels Using such cleaners could damage the wheel surfaces e Do not use an automatic car wash for Krom models The wheel coating may be damaged e Do not use a brush to wash the wheels on Krom models The wheel coating may be damaged CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is complete
432. y to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active the SE icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no gt icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no gt icon is displayed SAA3435 iPod PLAYER OPERATION Connecting iPod To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Open the protective cover on the USB jack in the center console and then connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle 4 If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle remove the USB end of the cable from th
433. y to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s fine mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance You are a vital link in the main tenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specia
434. zard warning flashers while moving on the high way unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving HORN SIC3404 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat tempera tures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury CAUTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or sim
435. ze brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears AWD models Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the War ranty Information Booklet Care of wheels See CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Ap pearance and care section for details about care of the wheels Spare tire When a spare tire is mounted TEMPORARY USE ONLY or conventional the TPMS will not function Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident WARNING e The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage e Drive carefully while th

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

notice d`installation Stûv 16  Procolor Pro-Screen  BOILER SQUARE  47BA…B…DC/…P3L - Apex Power Tools  Quel impact sur les associations ?  Service Manual  ficha técnica: perlita expandida v-12 granulometria 0    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file